Uploaded by tomateandegg

كورس تصميم كهربى

advertisement
‫لتحميل المزيد من الكتب والمراجع باللغة العربية‬
‫تابعونا على‬
‫جـروب التليجـرام‬
‫مكتبة الكهرباء وااللكترونيات‬
‫‪https://t.me/eeebks‬‬
‫‪-------------------------------------------------‬‬‫جـروب الفـيس بـوك‬
‫عالم الهندسة الكهربية‬
‫‪www.facebook.com/groups/EEE.Arabic‬‬
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
‫ﺑﺳم ﷲ اﻟرﺣﻣن اﻟرﺣﯾم‬
‫ وﺗﺳﺗﮭدف ھذه اﻟدورة ﻣﮭﻧدﺳﯾن اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء وطﻼب‬Electrical Power Distribution ‫ﺳﺄﻗوم ﺑﺷرح ﺗﺻﻣﯾﻣﺎت اﻻﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ودورة‬
‫ﻛﻠﯾﺎت اﻟﮭﻧدﺳﺔ ﻗﺳم ﻛﮭرﺑﺎء واﻟﺗﻰ ﺗؤھﻠﻛم ﻟﺳوق اﻟﻌﻣل ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎل اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻻت واﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﺳواء ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب اﻹﺳﺗﺷﺎرﯾﺔ أو ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺷرﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻻت ﺣﯾث ﯾﺗم ﺷرح اﻟﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾﻣﺎت اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ﻓﻰ أى ﻣﺷروع إﻧﺷﺎﺋﻰ واﻟﺗطﺑﯾق ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺷروع ﺗم ﺗﻧﻔﯾذه‬
,,,,,, ‫ﻓﻌﻠﯾﺎ‬
‫وأدﻋوا ﷲ ان ﺗﻌم اﻟﻔﺎﺋدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﺑﺈذن ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ وﻻ ﺗﻧﺳوﻧﺎ ﻣن ﺻﺎﻟﺢ دﻋﺎﺋﻛم وأرﺟو اﻟدﻋﺎء ﻷﺑﻰ ﺑﺎﻟرﺣﻣﺔ وﻷﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻔﺎء‬
Electrical Power Distribution Course
By :
Eng. Mohamed Abdel Fattah Alshoura
Mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com
Facebook Account: Mohamed Alshoura
Page On Facebook: Electrical Power Distribution
Contents:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Introduction
Autocad
Transformers
Lighting Design
Lighting Circuits Plan Design
Power Design
Power Circuits Plan Design
Design Load Panel Schedule
Earthing Design
Low Current Design
Street Lighting Design
B.O.Q
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
1
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻻوﻟﻰ ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫اﻻطراف اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻓﻰ أى ﻣﺷروع‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻟﻣﺎﻟك ‪ :‬وھو اﻟذى ﯾﺣدد طﺑﯾﻌﺔ اﻟﻣﺷروع وﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎﺗﮫ وھو أﯾﺿﺎ ﻣن ﯾﻣول اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرى اﻟﻌﺎم ‪ :‬وھو ﻣن ﯾﻘوم ﺑﻌﻣل اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻛﺎﻣل ﻟﻠﻣﺷروع وﻋﻣل اﻟﻣﺧططﺎت ووﺿﻊ اﻟﺷروط اﻟﻔﻧﯾﺔ وأﯾﺿﺎ ﻣن‬
‫ﯾﻘوم ﺑﺎﻻﺷراف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﻧﻔﯾذ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻟﻣﻘﺎول ‪ :‬ھو ﻣن ﯾﻘوم ﺑﺗﻧﻔﯾذ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﻋﻣﺎل اﻟواردة ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺧططﺎت وطﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﺷروط اﻟﺗﻧﻔﯾذ اﻟذى ﯾﺣددھﺎ اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرى‪.‬‬
‫أھم أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻣﻘﺎول ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻋداد ﻟوﺣﺎت اﻟــ )‪ (Shop Drawing‬وﯾﻛون ﻣوﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ ﻣﺳﺎرات اﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼت واﻟﻣواﺳﯾر وﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﺑﻌﺎد‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﻋﻣﺎل طﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺧططﺎت واﻟﻣواﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻔﻧﯾﺔ واﻟﺟدول اﻟزﻣﻧﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻋداد اﻟﻠوﺣﺎت اﻟﻧﮭﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺷروع )‪ (As Built‬ﺑﻌد ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺷروع وﺗﻘدﯾﻣﮭﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺷﺎرى ﻷﻧﮭﺎ ﺳﺗﻛون اﻟﻣرﺟﻊ اﻻﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻣﮭﻧدس‬
‫اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﯾﻣﺎ ﺑﻌد‪.‬‬
‫أھم أﻋﻣﺎل اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرى ‪:‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪.4‬‬
‫اﻋداد اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾﻣﺎت واﻟﻣﺧططﺎت وﺷروط اﻟﺗﻧﻔﯾذ‬
‫اﻻﺷراف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻘﺎول اﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ اﻟﻣﺷروع واﺳﺗﻼم اﻻﻋﻣﺎل ﻣﻧﮫ‬
‫اﻋﺗﻣﺎد ﻋﯾﻧﺎت ﻟﻠﻣواد اﻟﺗﻰ ﺳﯾﻘوم اﻟﻣﻘﺎول ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
‫اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺗﺳﻠﯾم اﻟرﺳوﻣﺎت اﻟﻧﮭﺎﺋﯾﺔ )‪.(As Built Drawing‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻣﯾﻣﺎت اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﻣﺎرﯾﺔ ‪ :‬وھﻰ ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ وظﯾﻔﺔ ﻛل ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ وﻛل ﻣﻛﺎن ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺧططﺎت وﻛذﻟك اﻟﺗﻧﺳﯾق ﻣﻊ ﻣﮭﻧدس اﻟدﯾﻛور ﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎﺗﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت اﻟﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﯾﺔ ‪ :‬وھﻰ ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﯾﺔ ﻣﺛل اﻟﻣﺻﺎﻋد واﻟﺗﻛﯾﯾف اﻟﻣرﻛزى وﺳﻼﻟم اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء وأﻣﺎﻛن‬
‫ﺗوزﯾﻌﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ‪ :‬ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت اﻟﻣﺷروع ﻣن اﻧﺎرة وﻣﻌدات وأﺟﮭزة ﻣﺳﺎﻋدة ﻛﺎﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﺧﻔﯾف ووﺟود أﺣﻣﺎل طوارئ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣراﺣل ﺗوﻟﯾد وﻧﻘل اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫أﻧواع ﻣﺣطﺎت اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﺣطﺎت ﺗوﻟﯾد أو اﻧﺗﺎج ووظﯾﻔﺗﮭﺎ اﻧﺗﺎج اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ وﺗﻛون ﺑﺎﻟﻘرب ﻣن ﻣﺻﺎدر اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﺣطﺎت اﻟﺗوزﯾﻊ وﺗﻘوم ﺑﺧﻔض اﻟﺟﮭد وﺗوزﯾﻌﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺣﻣﺎل وﺗﻛون ﺑﺎﻟﻘرب ﻣن أﻣﺎﻛن اﻻﺣﻣﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﻟﯾد اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺣطﺎت اﻧﺗﺎج اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘرب ﻣن ﻣﺻﺎدر اﻧﺗﺎج اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ وﯾﺗم اﻧﺗﺎﺟﮭﺎ ﺑﺟﮭد ﻣﺗوﺳط )‪ (11 or 13.8KV‬ﺛم ﺑﻌد‬
‫‪ 500‬ﻋن طرﯾق ﻣﺣوﻻت رﻓﻊ اﻟﺟﮭد وﺧﻔض اﻟﺗﯾﺎر ﺗﻣﮭﯾدا ﻟﻧﻘﻠﮭﺎ ﻋﺑر ﺧطوك‬
‫ذﻟك ﯾﺗم رﻓﻊ اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ اﻟﻰ ﺟﮭد ﻋﺎﻟﻰ )‪(50 or 220KV‬‬
‫اﻻﻧﺗﺎج )‪ (Transmission Line‬وھذه اﻟﺧطوط اﻣﺎ ھواﺋﯾﺔ أو أرﺿﯾﺔ ﺛم ﺑﻌد ذﻟك ﺑﺎﻟﻘرب ﻣن اﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺗوزﯾﻊ ووﺟود اﻻﺣﻣﺎل ﯾﺗم ﺧﻔض‬
‫اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ ﻋن طرﯾق ﻣﺣوﻻت ﺧﻔض اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻰ ‪ 66KV‬ﺛم اﻟﻰ ‪ 33KV‬ﺛم اﻟﻰ ‪ 22KV‬ﺛم اﻟﻰ ‪ 11KV‬ﺛم اﻟﻰ ‪.380V‬‬
‫ﻣﺣطﺎت اﻟﺗوﻟﯾد ‪:‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺣرارة ‪ :‬وھﻰ ﻧوﻋﺎن ﻧوع ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﺑﺧﺎر اﻟﻣﯾﺎه )ﺑﺧﺎرﯾﺔ( وﻧوع اﺧر ﯾﺗم ﻓﯾﮫ ﺣرق اﻟﻐﺎزات )ﻏﺎزﯾﺔ(‬
‫اﻟرﯾﺎح ‪ :‬وﯾﺗم ﻓﯾﮭﺎ زرع اﻟﺗورﺑﯾﻧﺎت اﻟﮭواﺋﯾﺔ وﻟﻛن ﻻﺑد ﻣن وﺟود أﻣﺎﻛن ﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ وﺗﻛون ﻓﯾﮭﺎ ﺳرﻋﺔ اﻟرﯾﺎح ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﯾﺎه ‪ :‬وﯾﺗم ﻓﯾﮭﺎ زرع اﻟﺗورﺑﯾﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺗﻰ ﯾﻛون ﻓﯾﮭﺎ اﻟﻣد واﻟﺟزر ﻋﺎﻟﻰ أو ﻋن طﻠرﯾق اﻟﺳدود ﻟﺣﺟز اﻟﻣﯾﺎه‬
‫وﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻗﻧوات ﺧﻼل ھذه اﻟﺳدود وﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﺗﺢ ھذه اﻟﻘﻧوات ﺗﻧدﻓﻊ اﻟﻣﯾﺎه ﺑﻘوة ﻧﺣو اﻟﺗورﺑﯾﻧﺎت ﻓﺗﻘوم ﺑﺗﺣرﯾك ﺷﻔرات اﻟﺗورﺑﯾﻧﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﻟواح اﻟﺷﻣﺳﯾﺔ ‪ :‬ﺗﻘوم ﺑﺎﻣﺗﺻﺎص أﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺷﻣس واﻧﺗﺎج ﺗﯾﺎر ﻛﮭرﺑﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻣر وﺗﺧزﯾﻧﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺑطﺎرﯾﺎت وﯾﺗم ﺗﻣرﯾرھﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ Inverter‬ﻟﺗﺣوﯾﻠﮫ ﻟﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﺗردد‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ھﻰ اﻟﻣﻌدل اﻟزﻣﻧﻰ ﻟﺗدﻓق اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ﻓﻰ داﺋرة ﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ وﺗﻘﺎس ﺑﺎﻟـ )ﺟول‪/‬ث( أو ﺑﺎﻟـ )اﻟوات( ‪W‬‬
‫أﻧواع اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Active Power .1‬اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ‪ :‬وھﻰ اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﺗﻰ اﺳﺗﻔﺎد ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﺑﺻورة أﺧرى ﺳواء ﺣرارﯾﺔ أو ﺣرﻛﯾﺔ أو ﺿوﺋﯾﺔ‬
‫‪Single Phase Æ P = V * I * Cos Ɵ = V * I * P.F‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪3 Phase‬‬
‫‪Æ P = √3 * V * I * Cos Ɵ = √3 * V * I * P.F‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫وﺗﻘﺎس ﺑﺎﻟوات ”‪“W‬‬
‫‪ Reactive Power .2‬اﻟﻘدرة ﻏﯾر اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ‪ :‬وھﻰ اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﺗﻰ ﻻ أﺳﺗﻔﺎد ﻣﻧﮭﺎ وﻻ ﺗﺄﺗﻰ ﺑﺎرادﺗﻰ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺣﻣﺎل وﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﺗﻛون ﺑﺳﺑب‬
‫‪Q = V * I * Sin Ɵ‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت واﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت وذﻟك ﻻﺧﺗﻼف زاوﯾﺔ اﻟطور ﺑﯾن اﻟﺟﮭد واﻟﺗﯾﺎر ووﺣدﺗﮭﺎ )‪(VAR‬‬
‫‪ Apparent Power .3‬اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻣرﻛﺑﺔ ‪ :‬وھﻰ ﻣﺟﻣوع اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ واﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻐﯾر ﻓﻌﺎل وﺗﻘﺎس ﺑﺎﻟـ )‪S = P + jQ (VA‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻮﻻت اﻟﻘﻮى‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ھو اﻟﻣﺣول؟؟‬
‫اﻟﻣﺣول ھو ﺟﮭﺎز اﺳﺗﺎﺗﯾﻛﻰ )ﻏﯾر ﻣﺗﺣرك( ﯾﻘوم ﺑﺗﺣوﯾل ﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﺗردد ذو ﻓوﻟﺗﯾﺔ ﻣﻌﯾﻧﺔ اﻟﻰ ﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﺗردد اﺧر ﺑﻔوﻟﺗﯾﺔ أﺧرى أى أﻧﮫ ﯾﻘوم ﺑرﻓﻊ‬
‫أو ﺧﻔض اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺛﺑﺎت اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺣول ‪:‬‬
‫ﯾﺗﻛون اﻟﻣﺣول ﻣن ﺛﻼﺛﺔ أﺟزاء رﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ وھﻰ ‪ .1‬اﻟﻣﻠف اﻻﺑﺗداﺋﻰ ‪ .2‬اﻟﻘﻠب اﻟﺣدﯾدى ‪ .3‬اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﺛﺎﻧوى‬
‫اﻟﻣﻠف اﻻﺑﺗداﺋﻰ ‪ :‬وھو ﻣﻠف ﻣن ﺳﻠك ﻧﺣﺎﺳﻰ ﻣﻌزول ﯾﺗﺻل طرﻓﺎه ﺑﻣﺻدر اﻟﺗﻐذﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻠب اﻟﺣدﯾدى ‪ :‬وھو ﻣﺻﻧوع ﻣن اﻟﺣدﯾد اﻟﻣطﺎوع اﻟﺳﻠﯾﻛوﻧﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛل ﺷراﺋﺢ رﻗﯾﻘﺔ ﻣﻌزوﻟﺔ ﻋن ﺑﻌﺿﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﺛﺎﻧوى ‪ :‬وھو ﻣﻠف ﻣن ﺳﻠك ﻧﺣﺎﺳﻰ ﻣﻌزول ﯾﺗﺻل طرﻓﺎه ﺑﺎﻟﺣﻣل اﻟﻣراد اﻣداده ﺑﺎﻟﻘوة اﻟداﻓﻌﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻛﯾف ﯾﻌﻣل اﻟﻣﺣول؟؟‬
‫ﻣﺑدأ ﻋﻣل اﻟﻣﺣول ھو اﻟﺣث اﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎطﯾﺳﻰ ﻓﻌﻧد ﻣرور اﻟﺗﯾﺎر ﻣن اﻟﻣﺻدر ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻠف اﻻﺑﺗداﺋﻰ ﯾﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﺟﺎل ﻣﻐﻧﺎطﯾﺳﻰ ﯾﻣر ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﻠب اﻟﺣدﯾدى‬
‫وﯾﻘطﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﺛﺎﻧوى ﻓﯾﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺣث ﺟﮭدا ﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺎ ھذا اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺣث ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﺛﺎﻧوى ﯾﺗﺳﺑب ﻓﻰ ﺗدﻓق اﻟﺗﯾﺎر ﻋﻧد ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮫ ﺑﺣﻣل‪.‬‬
‫‪Turns Ratio Æ VP/VS = NP/NS‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎءة اﻟﻣﺣول ‪:‬‬
‫ھﻰ اﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺑﯾن اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﺛﺎﻧوى اﻟﻰ اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻠف اﻻﺑﺗداﺋﻰ او ھﻰ اﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺑﯾن ﻗدرة اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﺛﺎﻧوى اﻟﻰ ﻗدرة‬
‫اﻟﻣﻠف اﻻﺑﺗداﺋﻰ‪.‬‬
‫أﺳﺑﺎب ﻓﻘد اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪.4‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﺣول ﯾﻔﻘد ﺟزء ﻣن اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻورة ﺣرارة ﺑﺳﺑب ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻻﺳﻼك وﻟذﻟك ﯾﺗم ﺻﻧﺎﻋﺔ أﺳﻼك اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻣن اﻟﻧﺣﺎس ﻷن‬
‫اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻧوﻋﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻧﺣﺎس ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟزء ﻣن اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﯾﻔﻘد ﺑﺳﺑب اﻟﺗﯾﺎرات اﻟدواﻣﺔ وﻟذﻟك ﯾﺻﻧﻊ اﻟﻘﻠب اﻟﺣدﯾدى ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛل ﺷراﺋﺢ رﻗﯾﻘﺔ ﻣﻌزوﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺣد ﻣن اﻟﺗﯾﺎرات‬
‫اﻟدواﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟزء ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﯾﻔﻘد ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻورة طﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﯾﺔ ﺑﺳﺑب ﺗﺣرﯾك اﻟﺟزﯾﺋﺎت اﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎطﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻠب اﻟﺣدﯾدى وﻟذﻟك ﯾﺻﻧﻊ اﻟﻘﻠب ﻣن اﻟﺣدﯾد‬
‫اﻟﻣطﺎوع اﻟﺳﻠﯾﻛوﻧﻰ ﻟﺳﮭوﻟﺔ ﺣرﻛﺔ اﻟﺟزﯾﺋﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺳرب ﺟزء ﻣن اﻟﻣﺟﺎل اﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎطﯾﺳﻰ ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻘﻠب اﻟﺣدﯾدى ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘطﻊ اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﺛﺎﻧوى وﻟذﻟك ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﻠف اﻻﺑﺗداﺋﻰ داﺧل‬
‫اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﺛﺎﻧوى وﯾﻌزل ﻋﻧﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫أﻧواع ﻣﺣوﻻت اﻟﻘوى ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﺣوﻻت اﻟﻘدرة أو اﻟﻧﻘل ‪ :‬وھﻰ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ ﻣﺣطﺎت ﺗوﻟﯾد واﻧﺗﺎج اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ووظﯾﻔﺗﮭﺎ رﻓﻊ اﻟﺟﮭد وﺧﻔض اﻟﺗﯾﺎر ﺗﻣﮭﯾدا ﻟﻧﻘﻠﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﺣوﻻت اﻟﺗوزﯾﻊ ‪ :‬وھﻰ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ ﻣﺣطﺎت وﺷﺑﻛﺎت اﻟﺗوزﯾﻊ ووظﯾﻔﺗﮭﺎ ﺧﻔض اﻟﺟﮭد ورﻓﻊ اﻟﺗﯾﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﺣوﻻت اﻟﻘﯾﺎس ‪ :‬وھﻰ ﺗﻧﻘﺳم اﻟﻰ ﻣﺣوﻻت ﺟﮭد )‪ (VT‬وﻣﺣوﻻت ﺗﯾﺎر )‪ (CT‬ووظﯾﻔﺗﮭﺎ ﻗﯾﺎس اﻟﺟﮭد واﻟﺗﯾﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫اﻟﻣواﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻔﻧﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺣول ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻌدل اﻟﺗﺣوﯾل ‪ :‬وھﻰ ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ﺗﺣوﯾل اﻟﻣﺣول ﻟﻠﺟﮭد ﻣن ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ أﺧرى ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ‪ 220/66KV‬أى ان اﻟﻣﺣول ﯾﻘوم ﺑﺗﺣوﯾل اﻟﺟﮭد‬
‫اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ ﻣن ‪ 220KV‬اﻟﻰ ‪66KV‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻗدرة اﻟﻣﺣول ‪ :‬وھﻰ ﻣﺟوع أﻗﺻﻰ أﺣﻣل ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺣول وھﻰ ﺗﻛون ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟــ )‪ (VA‬أو )‪ (KVA‬أو )‪.(MVA‬‬
‫‪ .3‬طرﯾﻘﺔ ﺗﺄرﯾض ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺎدل )‪ : (Neutral‬وﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮫ ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺎدل ﻟﻠﻣﺣول ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﺑﺎﻻرﺿﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺣول ‪ : "Z" Impedance‬ﻻﺑد ﻣن ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ھذه اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ ﻣن ﻛﺗﺎﻟوج اﻟﻣﺣول ﻷﻧﮭﺎ ﺗدﺧل ﻓﻰ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت‬
‫ﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻘﺻر اﻟﻣﺎر ﻋﻧد ﺣدوث ﻋطل ‪"“Fault‬‬
‫‪ : Vector Group .5‬طرﯾﻘﺔ ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻻﺑﺗداﺋﯾﺔ واﻟﺛﺎﻧوﯾﺔ ‪ Delta/Star :‬أو ‪ Star/Delta‬أو ‪ Delta/Delta‬وذﻟك‬
‫ﺣﺳب اﻟﻐرض‪ .‬وﻣﻣﻛن ﺗﺟد ﻣﻛﺗوب ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺣول ‪Vector Group Dyn11‬‬
‫‪ DYN11‬ھﺬا اﻟﻜﻮد ﻳﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ طﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻔﺎت اﻻﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻰ واﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮى داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻮل وزاوﻳﺔ اﻟﻄﻮر ﺑﯿﻦ ﺟﮭﺪ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫اﻻﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻰ وﺟﮭﺪ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮى واﻟـ )‪ (D‬ﺗﻌﻨﻰ أن اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻻﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻰ دﻟﺘﺎ واﻟـ ‪ Y‬اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮى ﺳﺘﺎر أو ﻧﺠﻤﺔ واﻟـ ‪ n‬اﻟﻤﺤﻮل ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻌﺎدل واﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ 11‬أى ان زاوﻳﺔ اﻟﻄﻮر ﺑﯿﻨﮭﻢ ‪ 330‬درﺟﺔ )‪.(30*11‬‬
‫‪D Æ Delta, Y Æ Star, Z Æ Zigzag, 0 Æ 0 Degree, 1 Æ 30 Deg., 6 Æ 180 Deg, 11 Æ 330 Deg.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟـ )‪ : (K-Factor‬وھﻰ ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ﺗدل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣراﻋﺎة اﻟﻣﺣول ﻟﻸﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﺧطﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻰ ﯾﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻧﮭﺎ اﻟﺗواﻓﻘﯾﺎت )‪(Harmonics‬‬
‫واﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﺳﺑب ﻓﻰ رﻓﻊ درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﻣﺣول وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﻔض ﻛﻔﺎءة اﻟﻣﺣول‪.‬‬
‫اﻟــ ‪ K-Factor‬ھﻰ اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻔﻘﺪ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻮاﻓﻘﯿﺎت اﻟﻰ اﻟﻔﻘﺪ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﯿﺎرات اﻟﺪواﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮدد ‪ 60‬ھﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬طرﯾﻘﺔ ﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﻣﺣول ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ زادت ﻛﻔﺎءة اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﻟﻠﻣﺣول ﻓﺗزداد ﻛﻔﺎءة اﻟﻣﺣول وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ﯾزداد اﻟﻌﻣر اﻟزﻣﻧﻰ ﻟﮫ ﻷﻧﮫ ﻣن أھم‬
‫اﺳﺑﺎب ﻓﻘد اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ھﻰ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة‪ .‬وﯾﺷﺎر ﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ ﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﻣﺣول ﻓﻰ اﻟﻛﺗﺎﻟوج اﻟﺧﺎص ﺑﮫ ﺑﺄرﺑﻌﺔ أﺣرف ﻓﺎﻻول واﻟﺛﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﯾﺷﯾر اﻟﻰ ﻧوع وﻛﯾﻔﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد داﺧل اﻟﻣﺣول واﻟﺣرف اﻟﺛﺎﻟث واﻟراﺑﻊ ﯾﺷﯾران اﻟﻰ ﻧوع وطرﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻣﺣول ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﻟو‬
‫ﻋﻧدى ﻣﺣول ﻣن اﻟﻧوع ‪ ONAN‬ﻓﮭذا ﯾﻌﻧﻰ أن ﻣﺎﺋﻊ اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﻣن داﺧل اﻟﻣﺣول ھو اﻟزﯾت وﯾﺳرﯾﺎﻧﮫ ﯾﺗم ﺑﺷﻛل طﺑﯾﻌﻰ " ‪Oil‬‬
‫‪ "Natural‬أﻣﺎ ﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﻣﺣول ﻣن اﻟﺧﺎرج ﻓﯾﺗم ﻋن طرﯾق اﻟﮭواء وﺳرﯾﺎن اﻟﮭواء ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻣﺣول ﯾﺗم ﺑﺷﻛل طﺑﯾﻌﻰ " ‪Air‬‬
‫‪"Natural‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﻊ اﻟﺗﺑﯾرﯾد ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺣوﻻت ”‪OÆ Oil, AÆ Air, GÆ Gas, WÆ Water : “Fluid Type‬‬
‫طرﯾﻘﺔ ﺳرﯾﺎن اﻟﻣﺎﺋﻊ "‪N Æ Natural , FÆ Forced : "Way of flow of fluid‬‬
‫واﻟــ ‪ Forced‬ﺗﺣﺗﺎج اﻟﻰ اﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﻟﺳرﯾﺎن اﻟﻣﺎﺋﻊ ﺧﻼﻟﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫واﻟزﯾت اﻟﻣﻌدﻧﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﯾﺳﺗﺧرج ﻣن اﻟﺑﺗرول وﯾﺿﺎف اﻟﺑﮫ ﻣﺎدة ﻣﺎﻧﻌﺔ ﻟﻸﻛﺳدة وﯾﺧﺿﻊ ﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎرات ﻣﺛل درﺟﺔ اﻟﻠزوﺟﺔ وﻗوة‬
‫اﻟﻌزل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ وزﯾﺎدة ﻣﻌدﻻت درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة وأﯾﺿﺎ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﺎء‪.‬‬
‫اﻟزﯾت ﻟﮫ وظﯾﻔﺗﺎن وھﻣﺎ ﻋزل اﻟﻣﻠف اﻻﺑﺗداﺋﻰ واﻟﺛﺎﻧوى واﻟﻘﻠب اﻟﺣدﯾدى ﻟﺗﻘﻠﯾل اﻟﺗﯾﺎرات اﻟدواﻧﺔ وﻛذﻟك ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪.‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﺻوت ‪ :‬ﻻﺑد أن ﯾﻛون ﻣﺳﺗوى ﺻوت اﻟﻣﺣول ﻻ ﯾزﯾد ﻋن ‪ 65dB‬ﻋﻠﻣﺎ ﺑﺄن ﻣﺳﺗوى ﺻوت اﻻﻧﺳﺎن ﯾﺗراوح ﻣن‬
‫‪ 40dB‬اﻟﻰ ‪.50dB‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪AutoCAD :‬‬
‫‪Draw Tool Bar‬‬
‫ﻟرﺳم ﺧط‬
‫‪Æ L + Enter‬‬
‫‪Line‬‬
‫ﻟرﺳم ﺧط ﻣﺗﺻل ‪Æ PL + Enter‬‬
‫‪Polyline‬‬
‫ﻟرﺳم ﻣﺳﺗطﯾل وﺗﺣدﯾد ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﺑداﯾﺔ ﺛم ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ ‪Æ Rec + Enter‬‬
‫‪Rectangular‬‬
‫ﻟرﺳم ﻗوس وﯾﺗم ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﺑداﯾﺔ وﻛذﻟك ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻻﻧﺣﻧﺎء ﺛم ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ‬
‫‪Æ A + Enter‬‬
‫‪Arc‬‬
‫ﻧﻘوم ﺑﺗﺣدﯾد اﻟﻣرﻛز ﺛم ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ رﻗم ﻧﺻف ﻗطر اﻟداﺋرة ﺛن اﻧﺗر‬
‫‪Æ C + Enter‬‬
‫‪Circle‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل ﺑﻠوك‬
‫‪Æ B + Enter‬‬
‫‪Make Block‬‬
‫‪Æ I + Enter‬‬
‫‪Insert Block‬‬
‫‪Æ P + Enter‬‬
‫‪Point‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل ﺗﮭﺷﯾر ﻷى ﻋﻧﺻر‬
‫‪Æ H + Enter‬‬
‫‪Hatch‬‬
‫ﻻدراج ﻧص‬
‫‪ÆT + Enter‬‬
‫‪Multiline Text‬‬
‫ﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻠوك ﻣوﺟود ﻓﻰ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻟرﺳم ﻧﻘط ة‬
‫”‪Autocad “Modify Tool Bar‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل ازاﻟﺔ ﻷى ﻋﻧﺻر‬
‫‪Æ E + Enter‬‬
‫‪Erase‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل ﻧﺳﺦ ﻷى ﻋﻧﺻر‬
‫‪Æ Co + Enter‬‬
‫‪Copy‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل ﻣرأة ﻣﺗﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻣن أى ﻋﻧﺻر ‪Æ MI + Enter‬‬
‫‪Mirror‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل ازاﺣﺔ ﻷى ﻋﻧﺻر‬
‫‪Æ O + Enter‬‬
‫‪Offset‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل ﻗص ﻷى ﻋﻧﺻر‬
‫‪Æ M + Enter‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل دوران ﻷى ﻋﻧﺻر‬
‫‪Æ Ro + Enter‬‬
‫‪Rotate‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل ﺗﻛﺑﯾر أو ﺗﺻﻐﯾر ﻷى ﻋﻧﺻر‬
‫‪Æ SC + Enter‬‬
‫‪Scale‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل ﻗطﻊ ﻟﻠﺧطوط‬
‫‪Æ TR + Enter‬‬
‫‪Trim‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل اﻣﺗداد ﻟﻠﺧطوط‬
‫‪Æ EX + Enter‬‬
‫‪Extend‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل دﻣﺞ ﺑﯾن ﺧطﯾن ﻣﺗﺻﻠﯾن‬
‫‪Æ J + Enter‬‬
‫‪Join‬‬
‫ﻧدﺧل ﻧﺻف اﻟﻘطر ﺛم اﻧﺗر ﺛم ﻧﺣدد اﻟﺧط اﻻول واﻟﺧط اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫‪Æ F + Enter‬‬
‫‪Fillet‬‬
‫ﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﺗﻔﺟﯾر اﻟﺑﻠوﻛﺎت‬
‫‪Æ X + Enter‬‬
‫‪Explode‬‬
‫ﻟﻧﺳﺦ اﻟﺗﻧﺳﯾﻘﺎت ﻣن ﻋﻧﺻر ﻟﻌﻧﺻر اﺧر‬
‫‪Æ Ma + Enter‬‬
‫‪Match‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل ﺗﻘﺳﯾم ﻟﻠﺧطوط‬
‫‪Æ Div + Enter‬‬
‫‪Divide‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ ‪Lighting Design :‬‬
‫ﻗﺑل ﺗﺻﻣﯾم أﻋﻣﺎل اﻻﻧﺎرة ﻻﺑد ﻣن ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﺑﻌض اﻟﻧﻘﺎط‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪.4‬‬
‫أﻧواع اﻟﻠﻣﺑﺎت ‪Types of lamps‬‬
‫أﻧواع اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ‪Types of luminaires‬‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ‪IP of luminaires‬‬
‫ﺗوﺻﯾف اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺷروع ‪Luminaires Description‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫أوﻻ ‪ :‬أﻧواع اﻟﻠﻣﺑﺎت ‪: Types of Lamps‬‬
‫‪ :Incandescent Lamp .1‬وھﻰ اﻟﻠﻣﺑﺎت اﻟﻘﻼووظ أو اﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎر وﻟوﻧﮭﺎ أﺻﻔر وﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﺣﻣﺎﻣﺎت أو اﻟطرﻗﺎت أو‬
‫اﻟﻣطﺎﺑﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Florescent Lamp .2‬وھﻰ ﻟوﻧﮭﺎ أﺑﯾض وﺗوﺟد ﻣﻧﮭﺎ اﻟﺧطﯾﺔ ) ‪ (Linear Florescent Lamp‬وھﻰ اﻻﻛﺛر ﺷﯾوﻋﺎ واﺳﺗﺧداﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ وﻣﻧﮭﺎ ‪ 120‬ﺳم )‪ (36Watt‬وﻛذﻟك ‪ 60‬ﺳم )‪ (18Watt‬وﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻣؤﺗﻣرات واﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿرات‬
‫أو ﺻﺎﻻت اﻟرﺳم وﻣن اﻟﻠﻣﺑﺎت اﻟﻔﻠورﺳﻧت أﯾﺿﺎ ﻟﻣﺑﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛل ﺣرف ‪ (U-Tube) U‬وﻛذﻟك اﻟداﺋرﯾﺔ )‪ (Circular‬وھﻣﺎ‬
‫ﯾﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺎن ﻟﻸﻏراض اﻟدﯾﻛورﯾﺔ وﻻ ﯾﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺎن ﺑﺻورة ﻛﺑﯾرة‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Compact Florescent Lamp .3‬وھﻰ اﻟﻠﻣﺑﺎت اﻟﻣوﻓرة وﺗﻌطﻰ اﺿﺎءة أﻋﻠﻰ واﺳﺗﮭﻼك أﻗل ﻓﻰ اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ وﻟﻛن ﻋﻣرھﺎ‬
‫اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﻰ أﻗل وﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟطرﻗﺎت او اﻟﻣطﺎﺑﺦ او اﻟﺣﻣﺎﻣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪ : Metal Halide Lamp .4‬وھﻰ ﻟﻣﺑﺎت ﺗﻌطﻰ ﻟون أﺑﯾض وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻌﺔ )أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣن ‪ 5‬ﻣﺗر( وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻣﺻﺎﻧﻊ أو اﻟﻣﺧﺎزن وﻣن اﻟﻣﻣﻛن أن ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻧﺎرة اﻟﺣداﺋق واﻟﻣﻧﺗزھﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Halogen Lamp .5‬وھﻰ ﻟﻣﺑﺎت ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ واﺟﮭﺎت اﻟﻣﺑﺎﻧﻰ أو اﻟﻣﺣﺎل اﻟﺗﺟﺎرﯾﺔ أو ﻣداﺧل اﻟﻔﻧﺎدق‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Sodium Vapor Lamp .6‬ھذه اﻟﻠﻣﺑﺎت ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻧﺎرة اﻟطرق أو اﻧﺎرة اﻻﻧﻔﺎق وﺗﻌطﻰ ﻟون أﺻﻔر‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Mercury Lamp .7‬ﻟﻣﺑﺎت زﺋﺑﻘﯾﺔ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻻﻏراض اﻟدﯾﻛورﯾﺔ وﻟوﻧﮭﺎ أﺧﺿر ﻓﻰ ازرق‪.‬‬
‫‪ (Lighting Emitting Diode) :LED .8‬ھذه اﻟﻠﻣﺑﺎت ﻣﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺟدا ﻓﻰ اﻟﺑداﯾﺔ وﻟﻛن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣدى اﻟﺑﻌﯾد ﻓﻰ ﻣوﻓرة ﺟدا ﻷن اﺳﺗﮭﻼﻛﮭﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﻗﻠﯾل ﺟدا ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻷن ﻋﻣرھﺎ اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺟدا ﻓﻘد ﯾﺻل اﻟﻰ ‪ 50‬أﻟف ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﯾﺎ ‪ :‬أﻧواع اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ‪: Types of Luminaires‬‬
‫‪ :Surface Mounted .1‬ﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﺳطﺣﯾﺔ وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﻘف اﻟﻣﺳﻠﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Recessed Mounted .2‬ﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﻏﺎطﺳﺔ وﺗﺳﺗﺧم ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﻰ اﻻﺳﻘف اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ أو اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Suspended Mounted .3‬ﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺗﻰ ﯾزﯾد ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﮭﺎ ﻋن ‪ 5‬ﻣﺗر وﯾﺗم ﺗﻌﻠﯾﻘﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣن ‪ 3‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 3.5‬ﻣﺗر ﻣن ﺳطﺢ اﻻرض‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Wall Mounted .4‬ﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﺗﻌﻠق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﺋط ﻟﻸﻏراض اﻟدﯾﻛورﯾﺔ وﻣﻧﮭﺎ ‪ Indoor‬وھﻰ اﻻﺑﺎﻟﯾك وﯾوﺟد أﯾﺿﺎ‬
‫‪ Outdoor‬وﻣﻧﮭﺎ ‪ 3‬أﻧواع ‪ Up Light‬وﺗﻌطﻰ اﺿﺎءة ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Down Light‬وﺗﻌطﻰ اﺿﺎءة ﻷﺳﻔل ‪Up/Down Light‬‬
‫وﺗﻌطﺔ اﺿﺎءة ﻷﻋﻠﻰ وﻷﺳﻔل وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ھذه اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﻓﻰ واﺟﮭﺎت اﻟﻣﺑﺎﻧﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Floor Mounted .5‬ﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ارﺿﯾﺔ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم أﯾﺿﺎ ﻟﻸﻏراض اﻟدﯾﻛورﯾﺔ وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ ﻣداﺧل اﻟﻔﯾﻼت أو اﻟﺣداﺋق او‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣف وﻛذﻟك ﻋﻠﻰ درج اﻟﺳﻼﻟم‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺛﺎ ‪ :‬درﺟﺔ ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻛﺷﺎف ‪:(IP = International Protection) IP of Luminaire‬‬
‫ﯾرﻣز ﻟدرﺟﺔ ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻛﺷﺎف )أو اى ﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﮭرﺑﻰ او اى ﻣﻌدة( ﺑرﻗﻣﯾن ‪ IPxy‬ﺣﯾث ‪ X‬ﺗدل ﻋﻠﻰ درﺟﺔ ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻛﺷﺎف ﺿد اﻻﺟﺳﺎم اﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺛل اﻻﺗرﺑﺔ وھﻰ ﻣن ‪ 0‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 6‬ﺣﯾث أﻧﮭﺎ اذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﺗﺳﺎوى ‪ 0‬ﻓﻼ ﯾوﺟد ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ واذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﺗﺳﺎوى ‪ 6‬ﻓﺗﻌﻧﻰ أﻗﺻﻰ درﺟﺔ ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﺿد اﻻﺗرﺑﺔ‬
‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﺣرف ‪ y‬ﻓﯾدل ﻋﻠﻰ درﺟﺔ ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻛﺷﺎف ﺿد اﻟﺳواﺋل ﻛﺎﻟﻣﯾﺎة وھﻰ ﻣن ‪ 0‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 8‬ﺣﯾث أﻧﮭﺎ اذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﺗﺳﺎوى ‪ 0‬ﻓﻼ ﯾوﺟد ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ واذا‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧت ﺗﺳﺎوى ‪ 8‬ﻓﺗﻌﻧﻰ أﻗﺻﻰ درﺟﺔ ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﺿد اﻟﻣﯾﺎه‪.‬‬
‫وﻣن أﺷﮭر اﻟـ ‪ IP‬اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ IP 20‬وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﻐرف اﻟﺗﻰ ﯾوﺟد ﺑﮭﺎ ﺑﺎب وﺷﺑﺎك‬
‫‪ IP 44 or IP43‬وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣداﺧل اﻟﻣﻌرﺿﺔ ﻟﻸﺗرﺑﺔ واﻟﻣﯾﺎه‬
‫‪ IP 55 or IP 54‬وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣطﺎﺑﺦ او اﻟﺣﻣﺎﻣﺎت او اى ﻣﻛﺎن ﺑﮫ ﻣﺻر ﻟﻠﻣﯾﺎه‬
‫‪ IP 66‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﺷوارع أو اﻟﺟراﺷﺎت‬
‫‪ IP 68‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ ﺣﻣﺎت اﻟﺳﺑﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻣن أﺷﮭر ﺷرﻛﺎت وﻛﺗﺎﻟوﺟﺎت اﻟﻠﻣﺑﺎت ‪Philips, 3-Brother, General Lighting, Hilux, Siteco, …….. :‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫راﺑﻌﺎ ‪ :‬ﺗوﺻﯾف اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺷروع ‪:Luminaires Description‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾف اﻟﻛﺷﺎف ﻓﻰ اﻟﻠوﺣﺎت وﻓﻰ ﺟداول اﻟﻛﻣﯾﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫”‪IPxy, Luminaire Type, No. of Lamps * Wattage per Lamp, Type of Lamp, Similar to “Company Name‬‬
‫‪Model No ….. or Approved Equal.‬‬
‫‪Ex: IP 20, Recessed Mounted, 4*18 Watt, Linear Florescent Lamp, Similar to 3-B Model No 1742-FL or‬‬
‫‪Approved Equal.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
‫ ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻻﻧﺎرة ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﯿﺪوﯾﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻻت‬Lighting Design : ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﺑداﯾﺔ ﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻻﻧﺎرة ﯾﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗوى ﺷدة اﻻﺿﺎءة ﺣﺳب طﺑﯾﻌﺔ وﻧوﻋﯾﺔ اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﻣﻛﺎن ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ أﺟﮭزة اﻻﻧﺎرة‬
.‫اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ ﺣﺳب ﻧوﻋﯾﺔ اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﻣﻛﺎن وﻛذﻟك أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻣﻛﺎن )طول وﻋرض وارﺗﻔﺎع( وأﯾﺿﺎ أﻟوان اﻟﺣواﺋط واﻟﺳﻘف‬
Qt = ( E*A) / (U.F * M.F)
Qt >> Total Luminous in Lumen (Lm) ‫وھﻰ اﻟﻔﯾض اﻟﺿوﺋﻰ اﻟﻼزم ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺎن وﯾﻘﺎس ﺑﺎﻟﻠوﻣن‬
E >> Degree of Illumination in Lux ‫وھﻰ ﺷدة اﻻﺿﺎءة اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ وﺗﻘﺎس ﺑﺎﻟﻠوﻛس‬
A >> Area of Room in m2
= L * W ‫ وﺗﺳﺎوى اﻟطول * اﻟﻌرض‬2 ‫وھﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﺎل م‬
U.F >> Utilization Factor ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻻﺳﺗﻔﺎدة ﻣن اﻟﻛﺷﺎف وﯾﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ وﻛذﻟك ﻧﺳﺑﺔ اﻧﻌﻛﺎس اﻟﺿوء ﻣن اﻟﺳﻘف‬
‫واﻟﺣواﺋط‬
M.F >> Maintenance Factor ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ وﯾﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧظﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ‬
(Indoor M.F = 0.8, Outdoor M.F = 0.4 : 0.6)
U.F * M.F = 0.45 ‫ﻣﻣﻛن أن ﻧﻌﺗﺑر أن‬
x
E According to the IEC or Code:
Office >>>>>>>> 300 Lux
Kitchen >>>>>>> 300 Lux
Storage >>> >>> 200 Lux
Lockers >>>>>> >200 Lux
Corridors >>>>> 150 Lux
Bathroom >>>>> 100 Lux
Cafeteria >>>>>> 300 Lux
Garage >>>>>>> 200 Lux
Drawing Halls >> 500 Lux
Qt = ( E*A) / (U.F * M.F)
No. of Lamps = Qt / Q of Lamp
No. of Luminaires = No. of Lamps / No. of Lamps inside one Luminaire
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
12
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪ Q of Lamp‬وھﻰ ﻛﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﻔﯾض اﻟﺿوﺋﻰ اﻟﺻﺎدر ﻣن اﻟﻠﻣﺑﺔ وﺗﺧﺗﻠف ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼف اﻟﺷرﻛﺔ اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Q of Lamp according to Philips:‬‬
‫‪18 Watt >>>> 1350 Lm‬‬
‫‪26 Watt >>>> 1800 Lm‬‬
‫‪36 Watt >>>> 3350 Lm‬‬
‫‪70 Watt >>>> 5000 Lm‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫أﺷﮭر اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺷﺎف )‪ (4*18W, IP20‬وﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب واﻟﻛﺎﻓﯾﺗرﯾﺎ واﻟﺑوﻓﯾﮫ وﺻﺎﻻت اﻟرﺳم‬
‫ﻛﺷﺎف )‪ (1*26W, IP54‬وﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﺣﻣﺎﻣﺎت وﻛذﻟك ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻛﺷﺎف )‪ (1*15W, IP54‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﺋط أﻣﺎم اﻻﺣواض‬
‫ﻛﺷﺎف )‪ (2*36W, IP20 or IP54) OR (2*26, IP20 or IP54‬وﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻣرات أو اﻟﻣداﺧل‬
‫ﻛﺷﺎف )‪ (4*18W, IP43) OR (2*26, IP54‬وﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣطﺎﺑﺦ‬
‫ﻛﺷﺎف )‪ (2*36W, IP20) OR (1*36W, IP20‬وﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ ﻏرف ﺧﻠﻊ اﻟﻣﻼﺑس )‪(Lockers‬‬
‫ﻛﺷﺎف )‪ (2*36W, IP67‬وﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﺟراﺷﺎت‬
‫ﻛﺷﺎف )‪ (2*36W, IP20‬وﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺧﺎزن أو )‪ (2*36W, IP54‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺧﺎزن اﻟﺗﻰ ﯾوﺟد ﻓﯾﮭﺎ ﻣﺻﺎر ﻣﯾﺎه ‪Cold Storage‬‬
‫ﻛﺷﺎف )‪ (1*18W, IP54‬ﻟﻠﺳﻼﻟم ﺣﯾث ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﻛﺷﺎف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛل ﺑﺳطﺔ ﺑدون أى ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت‬
‫‪ x‬اﺧﺗﺑﺎر اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧﮭﺎﺋﻰ ﻋن طرﯾق )‪:(Space / Height Ratio‬‬
‫ﺑﻌد ﺣﺳﺎب ﻋدد اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﻻﺑد ﻣن اﺧﺗﺑﺎر اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧﮭﺎﺋﻰ ﻋن طرﯾق ‪Space / Height Ratio‬‬
‫ﺣﯾث أن ‪ Space‬ھﻰ ‪ Ln‬وھﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﯾن ﻛﺷﺎﻓﯾن ﻓﻰ اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟطول أو ‪ Wn‬وھﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﯾن ﻛﺷﺎﻓﯾن ﻓﻰ اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟﻌرض‬
‫واﻟـ ‪ Height‬ھو ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف ﻋن ﺳطﺢ اﻻرض ﺣﯾث أن ھذه اﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻻ ﺑد أن ﺗﻛون ﺑﯾن ‪0.75 : 1‬‬
‫‪Wn/H = 0.75 : 1 and Ln/H = 0.75 : 1‬‬
‫ﺑﺣﯾث ان اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺗﯾن أو اﺣداھﻣﺎ ﺗراوح ﻗﻣﺗﮭﺎ ﻣن ‪ 0.75 : 1‬واﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻻﺧرى ﻻﺑد أن ﺗﻛون أﻗل ﻣن ‪ 0.75‬وﻟﯾس أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣن ‪.1‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﯾن ﻛﺷﺎﻓﯾن ﻓﻰ اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟطول ‪ = Ln‬اﻟطول ‪ /‬ﻋدد اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﻓﻰ اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟطول = ‪L / NL‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﯾن ﻛﺷﺎﻓﯾن ﻓﻰ اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟﻌرض ‪ = Wn‬اﻟﻌرض ‪ /‬ﻋدد اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﻓﻰ اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟﻌرض = ‪L / WL‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
: ‫ﻣﺛﺎل ﺗوﺿﯾﺣﻰ‬
‫ ﻣﺗر‬7 * 10 ‫ﻣطﻠوب ﻋﻣل ﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻹﻧﺎرة ﺻﺎﻟﺔ رﺳم ﺑﺄﺑﻌﺎد‬
1350 Lm ‫ واﻟﻔﯾض اﻟﺿوﺋﻰ ﻟﮭﺎ طﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﺷرﻛﺔ ﻓﯾﻠﯾﺑس‬1*18W ‫ وﺳﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت‬500 Lux ‫ﺷدة اﻻﺿﺎءة اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﺎﻟﺔ‬
Qt = E * A / ( U.F * M.F ) = ( 500 * 10 * 7 ) / 0.45 = 77777.8 Lm
No. Of Lamps = Qt / Q of Lamp = 77777.8 / 1350 = 57.6 Lamps
No. of Luminaires = No. of Lamps / No. of Lamps inside one Luminaire = 57.6/4 =14.4= 15 Luminaires
‫ ﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﻓﻰ اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟﻌرض‬3 ‫ ﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﻓﻰ اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟطول و‬5 ‫ ﺑﺣﯾث ﺳﯾﺗم ﺗوزﯾﻌﮭم‬4*18W ‫ ﻛﺷﺎف‬15 ‫وﻟذﻟك ﺳﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻋدد‬
Ln = 10 / 5 = 2 m , Ln / H = 2 / 3 = 0.667
< 0.75
Wn = 7 / 3 = 2.3 , Wn / H = 2.3 / 3 = 0.77
Within 0.75 : 1
So the Design is Accepted.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
14
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
Dialux ‫ ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻻﻧﺎرة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬Lighting Design : ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ‬
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
15
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
16
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
17
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
:Switches ‫ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ اﻻﻧﺎرة‬Lighting Design : ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
:‫أﻧواع اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻻﻧﺎرة‬
One Gang, One Way Switch .1
One Gang, One Way Switch Water Proof .2
Double Gang, One Way Switch .3
Double Gang, One Way Switch Water Proof .4
Triple Gang, One Way Switch .5
One Gang, Two Way Switch .6
Single Gang, Two Way Switch Water Proof .7
Double Gang, Two Way Switch .8
Intermediate Switch .9
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
18
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻟوﺻف اﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح ﻻﺑد ﻣن ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ اﻟـ ‪) Gang‬اﻟﻠﻘﻣﺔ( ﻓردى أم ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻰ أم ﺛﻼﺛﻰ وﯾﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋدد اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﻓﻰ اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ وﻛذﻟك ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻋدد اﻟﺳﻛﺔ )‪ (Way‬ھل ھﻰ ﺳﻛﺔ واﺣد أم ﺳﻛﺗﯾن وﺗﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ طﺑﯾﻌﺔ اﻟﻣﻛﺎن وﻋدد اﻟﻣداﺧل واﻟﻣﺧﺎرج‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ﻏﺎطﺳﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﺋط ‪ Flush or Embedded‬أو ﯾﺗم ﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳطﺢ اﻟﺣﺎﺋط ‪ Surface‬ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟـ‬
‫‪.Partitions‬‬
‫)‪Switch Height = 120 Cm A.F.F.L (Above Finished Floor Level‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌد ﻣن ‪ 20 : 10‬ﺳم ﻣن اﻟﺑﺎب )‪ 15‬ﺳم ﻣﺛﻼ(‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ‪ Water Proof‬ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺗﻰ ﺑﮭﺎ ﻣﺻﺎدر ﻟﻠﻣﯾﺎه ﻛﺎﻟﺣﻣﺎﻣﺎت واﻟﻣطﺎﺑﺦ أو اى ﻣﻛﺎن اﺧر‪.‬‬
‫أﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﻣل ﻟﻠﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻻﺣﺎدى ‪ 1200VA‬وﺣﯾث أن ‪ S = V * I‬ﻓﺈن ‪I(Load) = 1200/220 = 5.4A‬‬
‫‪ I(Switch) = 10A‬ﺣﯾث أن )‪I(Switch) > I(Load‬‬
‫‪P = V * I * Cos θ = S * P.F where P.F = 0.9 in Lighting and “S” is the Apparent Power and S = V * I‬‬
‫اذا ﻛﺎﻧت اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻛﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺧرج اﻟواﺣد )اﻟﻛﺷﺎف اﻟواﺣد( أﻗل ﻣن أو ﺗﺳﺎوى ‪ 100VA‬ﻓﯾﺗم اﻋﺗﺑﺎرھﺎ اﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺳﺎوى ‪ 100VA‬أﻣﺎ اذا‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧت أﻛﺛر ﻣن ‪ 100VA‬ﻓﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎﺑﮭﺎ ﺑﻧﻔس اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﻟو ﯾوﺟد ﻣﺧرج ﺑﮫ ﻛﺷﺎف ‪ 4*18W‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻛﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﮫ ﺑﺎﻟوات = ‪ 72‬وات‬
‫وﻣن اﻟﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎن اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻣرﻛﺑﺔ )‪ 80VA = 0.72/0.9 = (S‬واﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﺎوى ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ ‪ 100VA‬وﻟذﻟك ﻓﺈن أﻛﺛر ﻋدد‬
‫ﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت ﻣن ھذا اﻟﻧوع ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺣﻣﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺗﺎح واﺣد ھﻰ ‪ 12‬ﻛﺷﺎف‪.‬‬
‫)‪Max. No. Of Luminaire = Max. Load / Load Of Outlet = 1200 / (P/0.9‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪ 2-Way‬ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺗﻰ ﺑﮭﺎ أﻛﺛر ﻣن ﻣدﺧل وﻣﺧرج وﯾﻔﺿل اﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻘط أﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿرات اﻟﺗﻰ ﺑﮭﺎ أﻛﺛر ﻣن ﻣدﺧل وﻣﺧرج ﻣﺛﻼ ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ﺑﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿر ﻓﻘط‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪ 2-Way‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺳﻠم ﺑدﻻ ﻣن ﻣﺎﻛﯾﻧﺔ اﻟﺳﻠم ﺣﯾث ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪ Single Gange, Two Way‬ﻓﻰ اﻟدور‬
‫اﻻرﺿﻰ وﻓﻰ اﻟدور اﻻﺧﯾر وﻓﻰ ﻛل دور ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ‪.Intermediate Switch‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ‪ Lighting Circuits Design :‬ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ دواﺋﺮ اﻻﺿﺎءة‪:‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫أﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﻣل ﻓﻰ داﺋرة اﻻﺿﺎءة )اﻟﻠﯾﻧﯾﺔ( ھﻰ ‪1200VA‬‬
‫أى ﻣﺧرج )ﻛﺷﺎف( ﻗدرﺗﮫ أﻗل ﻣن ‪ 100VA‬ﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎﺑﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺳﺎوى ‪ 100VA‬أﻣﺎ ﻟو ﻛﺎﻧت أﻛﺑر ﻣن ‪ 100VA‬ﻓﯾﺗم أﺧذ ﻧﻔس‬
‫اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ھﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪P = V*I*P.F >>>>> P.F in Lighting = 0.9 >>>>>> S in VA = V*I = P in Watt / 0.9‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﻓرد ‪ 3‬أﺳﻼك ﻓﻰ ﻟﯾﻧﯾﺔ اﻻﺿﺎءة اﻟواﺣدة ﺳﻠك ﺑﮫ ﻛﮭرﺑﺎء )‪ (Line‬وﺳﻠك ﺗﻌﺎدل )‪ (Neutral‬وﺳﻠك أرﺿﻰ )‪ (Earth‬اذا ﻛﺎن‬
‫اﻟﻣﺑﻧﻰ ﻓﯾﮫ ﻧظﺎم أرﺿﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪Line >>>> Red or Yellow or Blue‬‬
‫‪- Neutral >>>>>> Black - Earth >>>>> Green/Yellow‬‬
‫اﻟوﺻف ‪3*2.5 mm2 CU/PVC in 20mm Diameter UPVC Conduit Embedded in Ceiling or Wall :‬‬
‫اﻟـ )‪ (Conductor‬ھو اﻟﻣوﺻل أو اﻟﺳﻠك أﻣﺎ اﻟــ )‪ (Conduit‬ﻓﮭو اﻟﻣﺎﺳورة اﻟﺗﻰ ﯾﺗم ﻓرد اﻻﺳﻼك ﺑداﺧﻠﮭﺎ‬
‫واﻟﻣوﺻل أﻣﺎ )‪ (CU/PVC or CU/XLPE‬ﺑﺣﯾث ‪ PVC‬ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ درﺣﺎت ﻟﺣرارة ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ 70‬درﺟﺔ وھﻰ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺗﺧدام ﻓﻰ ﻛل اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ أﻣﺎ ‪ XLPE‬ﻓﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ درﺟﺎت اﻟﺣرارة اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯾﺔ ‪ 120‬درﺟﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻛﻣﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﺻﮭر‬
‫اﻟزﺟﺎج أو ﻣﺻﺎﻧﻊ اﻟﺣﯾد واﻟﺻﻠب‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﺎﺳورة )‪ (Conduit‬اﻣﺎ أن ﺗﻛون )‪ (UPVC or RGS‬ﺣﯾث اﻟــ ‪ UPVC‬ﻣواﺳﯾر ﺑﯾﺿﺎء ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣدﻓوﻧﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺳﻘف أو اﻟﺣﺎﺋط‬
‫)‪ (Embedded in ceiling or Wall‬أﻣﺎ اﻟـ ‪ RGS‬ﻣواﺳﯾر اﻟﺻﻠب اﻟﻣﺟﻠﻔن وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ظﺎھرة )‪ (Exposed‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺑﺎﻧﻰ اﻟﻐﯾر‬
‫ﻣﺳﻠﺣﺔ ‪ Steel‬ﻣﺛﻼ‪.‬‬
‫‪x PVC >>>> Polyvinyl Chloride‬‬
‫‪x UPVC >>>> Uni Polyvinyl Chloride‬‬
‫‪x XLPE >>>> Cross Linked Polyethylene‬‬
‫‪x RGS >>>> Rigid Galvanized Steel‬‬
‫‪x CU >>>> Copper‬‬
‫أﻧواع اﻟﻠوﺣﺎت اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (Branch Circuit Panel Board) :BCP .1‬وھﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ ﺗﻐذﯾﺔ اﻟﯾﻧﯾﺎت أو اﻟدواﺋر اﻟﻔرﻋﯾﺔ ﺳواء اﺿﺎءة أو ﻗوى‬
‫وھﻰ ﺗﺧدم ﻣﻧطﻘﺔ )‪ (Zone‬ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺗﮭﺎ ﺣواﻟﻰ ‪ 500‬ﻣﺗر ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ (Sub-Feeder Distribution Panel Board) :SFD .2‬وھﻰ ﻟوﺣﺎت وﺳطﯾﺔ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠوﺣﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻔرﻋﯾﺔ اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻓﻰ اﻻدوار اﻟﻌﻠوﯾﺔ وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أن اﻟدور ﯾﺣﺗوى ﻋﻠﻰ أﻛﺛر ﻣن ﻟوﺣﺗﯾن ﻓرﻋﯾﺗﯾن‪.‬‬
‫‪ (Main Distribution Panel Board) :MDP .3‬وھﻰ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﻘوم ﺑﺗﻐذﯾﺔ اﻟﻠوﺣﺎت اﻟﻔرﻋﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ :Riser‬وھو اﻟﺻﺎﻋد اﻟذى ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﻠﺗوﺻﯾل ﺑﯾن اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ واﻟﻠوﺣﺎت اﻟﻔرﻋﯾﺔ اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻓﻰ اﻻدوار اﻟﻌﻠوﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت واﻟﻣﺧراج ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛل ﺣرف ‪ U‬وﻻ ﯾﻔﺿل ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛل ﺣرف ‪.T‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻣﺧﺎرج ﺑﺣﯾث ﻣﺟﻣوع أﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﻣﺧﺎرج ﻓﻰ اﻟﻠﯾﻧﯾﺔ اﻟواﺣدة ﻻ ﺗﺗﻌدى ‪.1200VA‬‬
‫ﻻ ﯾﺻﺢ ﺗوﺻﯾل ﺟزء ﻣن ﻏرﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﯾﻧﯾﺔ ﻣﻌﯾﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻏرﻓﺔ أﺧرى ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔس اﻟﻠﯾﻧﯾﺔ وﻟﻛن ﻣﻣﻛن ان ﺗوﺻل اﻟﻐرﻓﺗﯾن ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺗﯾن ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻌض ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔس اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾراﻋﻰ ﺗﻘﺻﯾر اﻻطوال ﻗدر اﻟﻣﺳﺗطﺎع‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ أﺣﻣﺎل اﻻﺿﺎءة ﻓﻰ ﺷﯾت اﻛﺳل‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
:‫ ﺳﻮﻛﺘﺎت اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬Power Sockets : ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ‬
x
Types of Sockets:
-
Normal Socket : V = 220V, I = 10, S = 250VA According to EC Standard and 180VA According to
IEC Standard , Where EC is European Commission and IEC is International Electro technical
Commission and in the projects consider it = 250VA according to EC.
-
Normal Socket Water Proof: Same as Normal Socket but with Cover IP 54 and used in Kitchen,
Outdoor, Bathrooms, ……….. .
-
Doublex Socket: V = 220V, I = 10 or 16A, S = 500VA According to EC and 360VA According to IEC.
-
Power Socket: V = 220V, I = 16A or 20A where S = 500VA: 15000VA or 2000VA, and I = 32A
where S = 2000VA : 5000VA. (Used in Kitchen, Bathroom in Hand Drier, ………….)
x
Mounting Types:
1. Wall Mounted, Height = 30 cm or (120cm in Water Area only).
2. Floor Mounted, Height = Zero in Wide area and IP67.
3. Furniture Mounted , on the work plan IP 65.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
21
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫ﺗوزﯾﻊ ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟﺑﺎور ‪:‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻣن اﻻﻓﺿل أن ﯾﺗم ﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻟﺳوﻛﺗﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻣﺎرﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻰ ﺑﮭﺎ اﻟﻔرش ﺑﺣﯾث ﯾﺗم ﺗﺣدﯾد أﻣﺎﻛن ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﺟﮭزة ﺑﻣﻌرﻓﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻣﮭﻧدس اﻟﻣﻌﻣﺎرى‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫اذا ﻟم ﺗﺗواﻓر ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﻔرش اﻟﻣﻌﻣﺎرى أو اﻟدﯾﻛورى ﯾﺗم ﻓرض أﻣﺎﻛن اﻻﺟﮭزة ﺑﺷﻛل ﻣﻧﺎﺳب وﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻟﺳوﻛﺗﺎت ﻓﻰ ھذه اﻻﻣﺎﻛن‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ‪ N.S‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛل ﺣﺎﺋط ﺑﺣﯾث ﻛل ﻏرﻓﺔ ﯾﻛون ﺑﮭﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻣﺧﺎرج ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ‪ D.S‬ﺑﺟﺎﻧب ﻛل ﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر أو ﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﻠﯾﻔزﯾون ورﯾﺳﯾﻔر‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻐرف اﻟﺗﻰ ﻟﯾس ﻟﮭﺎ اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻛﺑﯾر ﻛﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗودﻋﺎت أو اﻟﻣﺧﺎزن أو ﻏرف اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء أو ﻏرف اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﻰ ﻟﯾس ﺑﮭﺎ ﻣﻛﺗب ﯾﺗم‬
‫وﺿﻊ ﺳوﻛت ‪ N.S‬ﺑﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺑﺎب وأﺧرى ﻓﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﺋط اﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑل ﻟﻠﺑﺎب ﻓﻰ اﻟﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﻌﻛﺳﯾﺔ أﻣﺎ اذا ﻛﺎن ھﻧﺎك ﻣﻛﺗب ﻓﯾﺗم زﯾﺎدة ﺳوﻛت‬
‫‪ D.S‬ﺑﺟوار اﻟﺑﺎب أو ﺑﺟوار اﻟﻣﻛﺗب ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳب ﻣﻛﺎﻧﮫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟطرﻗﺎت اﻟطوﯾﻠﺔ ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﺳوﻛت ‪ N.S‬ﻛل ‪ 6‬ﻣﺗر وھﻰ ﺗﻌﺗﺑر ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت ﺧدﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﺣﻣﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﺑﺎور ﺳوﻛت ‪ P.S‬ﻟﻣﺟﻔف اﻟﯾد )‪ (Hand Drier‬ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟوﺿﻊ ﺳوﻛت ‪N.S Water Proof‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﻣدﺧل اﻟﺣﻣﺎم )‪ (Lobby‬ﻟﻠﺧدﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﺣﻣﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﺳوﻛت ‪ N.S Water Proof‬ﺑﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺣوض‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣطﺑﺦ ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﻋدد ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎور ﺳوﻛت ‪ P.S‬ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ ﺳوﻛت ‪ N.S Water Proof‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛل ﺣﺎﺋط أو ﯾﺗم زﯾﺎدة ﻋدد‬
‫اﻟﺳوﻛﺗﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳب اﻟﻔرش اذا ﻛﺎن ھﻧﺎك ﻋدد أﺟﮭزة ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻛﺛﯾرة‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب اذا ﻟم ﯾوﺟد ﻓرش ﯾﺗم اﻋﺗﺑﺎر أن ﻋرض اﻟﻣﻛﺗب ﺣواﻟﻰ ‪ 2‬ﻣﺗر وﺣﺳﺎب ﻋدد اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻛﺎن ﺛم ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت ‪ D.S‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳب ﻋدد اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻛﺎﻓﯾﺗرﯾﺎت ﻣﺛﻼ ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﺳوﻛت ﺑﯾن ﻛل ﻋﻣودﯾن ﺑﺣﯾث ﯾﻛون ﺳوﻛت ‪ N.S‬واﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ‪ D.S‬ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ ‪ D.S‬ﻋﻧد ﻛل‬
‫ﺗﻠﯾﻔزﯾون‪.‬‬
‫اﻟدرس اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻰ ‪ :‬ﯾﺗم ﺗوزﯾﻊ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﺳوﻛﺗﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﻛﺎد‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮة ‪:Power‬‬
‫‪Electrical Water Heater‬‬
‫‪Air Conditioner (AC) or Equipment‬‬
‫)‪Exhaust Fan (EX.F‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻟﺳﺧﺎن اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ ‪: Electrical Water Heater‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻔﺗﺎح )‪ (Double Pole Switch‬ﻟﻠﺳﺧﺎن اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ وﺗﯾﺎره )‪ (Rating Current‬ﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎﺑﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳب اﻟﺣﻣل ﻟﻛل‬
‫ﺳﺧﺎن ﺣﯾث ﯾﻘوم ﻣﮭﻧدس اﻟﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﺎ ﺑﺣﺳﺎب أﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﺳﺧﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳب ﻋدد اﻻﺣواض واﻟﺷﺎورات اﻟﻣوﺟودة أﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧر ﻣﮭﻧدس اﻟﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﺎ ﺑﺎﻋطﺎﺋﻰ ھذه اﻻﺣﻣﺎل أو ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﺑﺎﻧﻰ اﻟﺳﻛﻧﯾﺔ اﻟﺻﻐﯾرة ﯾﺗم ﺗﺣدﯾد ﺣﻣل اﻟﺳﺧﺎن ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻋدد ‪ 2 : 1‬ﺣوض أو ﺷﺎور ﺗﻛون ﻗدرة اﻟﺳﺧﺎن ‪ S = 2000VA‬وﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪16A‬‬‫ ﻋدد ‪ 4 : 3‬ﺣوض أو ﺷﺎور ﺗﻛون ﻗدرة اﻟﺳﺧﺎن ‪ S = 2500VA‬وﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪20A‬‬‫ ﻋدد ‪ 6 : 5‬ﺣوض أو ﺷﺎور ﺗﻛون ﻗدرة اﻟﺳﺧﺎن ‪ S = 3000VA‬وﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪25A‬‬‫‪ -‬ﻋدد ‪ 9 : 7‬ﺣوض أو ﺷﺎور ﺗﻛون ﻗدرة اﻟﺳﺧﺎن ‪ S = 3500VA‬وﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪32A‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣراوح اﻟﺷﻔط ‪:Exhaust Fan‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ﻋﺎدى ﻣﺛل اﻻﻧﺎرة )‪ (S = 250VA , I = 10A‬ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺗﺧدام ﺷﻔﺎط ﻋﺎدى ﻟﻠﺣﻣﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ أو اﻟﻣطﺎﺑﺦ‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ أﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ اﻟﻛﺑﯾرة ﻓﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﺎﻛﯾﻧﺔ ﺷﻔط ﻣرﻛزﯾﺔ وﯾﻘوم ﯾﺗﺻﻣﯾﻣﮭﺎ ﻣﮭﻧدس اﻟﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﺎ ﻓﻰ ھذه اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺗم‬
‫اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻔﺗﺎح )‪ (Switch Fuse‬وﺗﺣدﯾد ﺗﯾﺎره ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳب اﻟﺣﻣل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻛﯾﻧﺔ ﺑﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻣﮭﻧدس اﻟﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﺎ ﻋن طرﯾق‬
‫)‪ (C.F.M‬وھﻰ ﻛﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﮭواء اﻟداﺧﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺎن )‪ (Cubic Per Feet Per Meter‬وﻟﻛن ﻣﮭﻧدس اﻟﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﺎ ﯾﻌطﯾﻧﺎ اﻟﺣﻣل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟوات اﻟﻣﻛﺎﻓﺊ ﻟﮭذه اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟـ )‪.(C.F.M‬‬
‫‪Switch Fuse (or Disconnect Switch) has 2 type the 1st is Single Phase Switch fuse and the‬‬
‫‪2nd is 3-Phase Switch Fuse‬‬
‫‪P = V*I * P.F in case of Single Phase and V = 220V‬‬
‫‪P = √3 * V * I * P.S in Case of 3-Phase and V = 380V‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻣﻌﻰ ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺣﻣل أو اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯩﺔ )‪ (S‬وﻧوع اﻟﻣﺎﻛﯾﻧﺔ )‪ (Single or 3 Phase‬ﻣن ﻣﮭﻧدس اﻟﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﺎ ﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎب ﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح‬
‫)‪ (Rating Current‬واﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻗرب واﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﯾﺎرﯾﺔ )‪ (Standard‬اﻻﻗرب ﻟﮭﺎ ﺑﺣﯾث اﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﻣﻌﯾﺎرﯾﺔ ھﻰ‬
‫‪16A, 20A, 25A, 32A, 40A, 50A, 63A, 80A, 100A, …etc‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﻼ ﻟو ﺗم ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﺗﯾﺎر ووﺟدﻧﺎ أن ﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﺣﻣل = ‪ 22A‬ﻧﺧﺗﺎر ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪ Switch Fuse‬ﺑﺗﯾﺎر ‪25A‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎل‪ :‬ﯾوﺟد ﻣﺎﻛﯾﻧﺔ ﺷﻔط ھواء ﺑﻘدرة ﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﯾﺔ ‪ 9600 C.F.M‬ﺣﯾث ‪P = 12KW, 3-Phase‬‬
‫‪P = √3 * S * P.F Where S = √3 * V * I = P / P.F = 12 / 0.8 = 15KVA‬‬
‫‪I (Load) = S / (√3*V) = 15*1000 / (√3 * 380) = 22.8 A , So Rating Current for the 3-Phase Switch‬‬
‫‪Fuse is 25A.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣطﺎﺑﺦ أو اﻟﺣﻣﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﺔ اﻟﻣﺑﺎﻧﻰ اﻟﺳﻛﻧﯾﺔ أو اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ اﻟﺻﻐﯾرة ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﺷﻔﺎط ﻓﻰ اﻟﺣﻣﺎم أو‬
‫اﻟﻣطﺑﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻧور أو اﻟﺷﺎرع‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻟﺗﻛﯾﯾف أو أى ﻣﺎﻛﯾﻧﺔ أﺧرى )‪(A.C or Equipment‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺗﻛﯾﯾف ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻔﺗﺎح )‪ (Switch Fuse‬أﺣﺎدى أو ﺛﻼﺛﻰ اﻟطور ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳب ﺣﻣل وﻧوع اﻟﻣﺎﻛﯾﻧﺔ اﻟﺗﻰ ﯾﺣددھﺎ‬
‫ﻣﮭﻧدس اﻟﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﺎ ﺛم ﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎب ﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح ﻛﻣﺎ ھو ﻣوﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺷﻔﺎطﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﻣﺻر ﯾﺗم ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻗدرة اﻟﺗﻛﯾﯾف ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺻﺎن )‪ (HP‬وﺗﺳﺎوى )‪ (1HP = 746Watt‬أﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ اﻟﻌرﺑﯾﺔ اﻟﺳﻌودﯾﺔ ﻓﯾﺗم ﺗﺣدﯾد‬
‫ﻗدرة اﻟﺗﻛﯾﯾف ﺑﺎﻟـ )‪ (RT or BTU/hr‬ﺣﯾث )‪ (RT is Refrigeration Ton and BTU is British Thermal Unit‬وأﯾﺿﺎ‬
‫)‪(1Ton = 12000BTU/hr , 1.5Ton = 18000BTU/hr, 2Ton = 24000BTU/hr, ....‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﺑﺎﻧﻰ اﻟﺳﻛﻧﯾﺔ اﻟﺻﻐﯾرة أو اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ اﻟﺻﻐﯾرة اﻟﺗﻰ ﻻ ﯾوﺟد ﺑﮭﺎ ﻣﮭﻧدس ﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﺎ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ﻗدرة اﻟﺗﻛﯾﯾﻔﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ‪ :‬ﻓﻰ ﻣﺻر ﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎﺑﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟـ )‪ (HP‬ﻋن طرﯾق اﻟﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
‫‪Power in KW = Area of Room * 1.7 / 20 = ?? KW‬‬
‫‪Power in HP = KW * 1000 / 746‬‬
‫‪= ?? HP‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﯾل اﻟﻣﺛﺎل ﻟو ھﻧﺎك ﻏرﻓﺔ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺗر * ‪ 4‬ﻣﺗر ﻓﻛم ﺗﻛون ﻗدرة اﻟﺗﻛﯾﯾف اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﮭذه اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ؟؟‬
‫‪Power = 4 * 5 * 1.7 / 20 = 1.275 KW‬‬
‫)‪HP = 1.7*1000 / 746 = 2.2 HP , So we will Use A.C with 2.25HP (Standard‬‬
‫أﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ اﻟﻌرﺑﯾﺔ اﻟﺳﻌودﯾﺔ ﻓﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎب ﻗدرة اﻟﺗﻛﯾﯾف ﻋن طرﯾق ﺿرب اﻟطول * اﻟﻌرض * اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع ﺛم ﻧﺿرب اﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻓﻰ‬
‫‪ 250‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 300‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺣﺎرة ﺟدا أو اﻟﻐرف اﻟﺗﻰ اﻟﺗﻰ ﯾﻛون ﺑﮭﺎ واﺟﮭﺎت زﺟﺎﺟﯾﺔ ﻓﻧﺿرﺑﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪ 300‬وﯾﻛون اﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺑـ‬
‫‪BTU/hr‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎل ‪ :‬ﻏرﻓﺔ أﺑﻌﺎدھﺎ طول = ‪ 7‬ﻣﺗر وﻋرض ‪ 4‬ﻣﺗر وارﺗﻔﺎع طﺑﻌﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻣﺗر وﻣﻧطﻘﺔ ﺣﺎرة ﺟدا‬
‫‪BTU/hr = 7*4*3*300 = 2500 BTU/hr, So we must select A.C with 24000 BTU/hr.‬‬
‫)‪Standard BTU in KSA (12000, 18000, 24000, 36000, 42000, 48000, 60000‬‬
‫‪Standard Ton in KSA ( 1‬‬
‫‪, 1.5 , 2‬‬
‫‪,3‬‬
‫‪, 3.5 , 4‬‬
‫‪,5‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
:Power Circuits ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺤﺎدﯾﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
x
Max. Load “S” in power circuit (Linea) is 2000VA.
x
According to EC standard the load of N.S = 250VA so the max. No of N.S in one line is 8, and the
load of D.S = 500VA so the max. No. of D.S in one line is 4.
x
Wiring: 3*4 mm2 CU/PVC in 25 mm Diameter UPVC Conduit Embedded in Wall or Floor.
x
For water heater we use Double Pole Switch, for Air conditioner, Exhaust Fan and any
equipment we use Switch Fuse or Disconnect Switch.
.2000VA ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﯾراﻋﻰ أﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﻣل ﻟﻠﯾﻧﯾﺔ اﻟواﺣدة وھو‬D.S ‫ ﻣﻊ‬N.S ‫ﻣن اﻟﻣﻣﻛن ﺗوﺻﯾل ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟـ‬
x
.‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ اﻟﻛﺑﯾرة ﯾﻔﺿل ﺗوﺻﯾل ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟﻣﻣرات ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﯾﻧﯾﺎت ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ وﻋدم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت ﻓﻰ اﻟﻐرف أو ﻗﺎﻋﺎت‬
x
.‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﯾﻧﯾﺔ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ وﻛذﻟك ﻛل ﺳﺧﺎن وﻛل ﺗﻛﯾﯾف أو ﻣﺎﻛﯾﻧﺔ ﺗﻛﯾﯾف وﻛل ﻣﻌدة‬Power Socket “P.S” ‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل ﻛل‬
x
.‫ ﻓﮭو رﻗم اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ‬G ‫ ھو رﻗم اﻟﻠﯾﻧﯾﺔ أﻣﺎ‬P1 ‫ ﺑﺣﯾث‬P1/G ‫ﯾﺗم ﺗرﻗﯾم ﻛل ﻟﯾﻧﯾﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ‬
x
‫( ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﺛﻼث أﺳﻼك ﺑﺛﻼث أطراف ﺑﺄرﻗﺎم ﻓردﯾﺔ أو ﺛﻼث أطراف ﺑﺄرﻗﺎم زوﺟﯾﺔ‬3-Ph) ‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻠﯾﻧﯾﺎت اﻟـ‬
x
.P1,3,5/G or P2,4,6/G
.‫ ﻓﻰ ﺷﯾت أﻛﺳﯾل‬Power ‫ﯾﺗم ﺗﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ أﺣﻣﺎل اﻟـ‬
x
‫ ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﺳوﻛﺗﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﻛﺎد وﻛذﻟك ﺗﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﻛل اﻻﺣﻣﺎل ﻓﻰ ﺷﯾت اﻛﺳل‬: ‫اﻟدرس اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻰ‬
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
25
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
:“Circuit Breakers” ‫ اﻟﻘﻮاطﻊ اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
x Wiring Diagram:
."Automatic Switch" C.B ‫ ﻋن طرﯾق ﻗواطﻊ‬Output ‫ و‬Input ‫ اﻟﺑﺎس ﺑﺎر ھﻰ ﺑﺎرة ﻧﺣﺎس ﻟﮭﺎ‬:"Bus Bar" B.B
."C.B" ‫" ھﻰ ﺗﺻﻣﯾم واﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻘواطﻊ‬Panel" ‫أول ﺧطوة ﻓﻰ ﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ‬
"Power" ‫" ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺑﺎرة اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﺔ وﻟﻛن أﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﻘوى‬Lighting" ‫ﻛﻣﺎ ھو ﻣوﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺻورة ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل أﺣﻣﺎل اﻻﺿﺎءة‬
‫" ﻟﻠﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﻣن‬Earthing Leakage Circuit Breaker" ‫ﯾﺗم ﺗﺟﻣﯾﻌﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎرو ﻓرﻋﯾﺔ ﺛم اﻟﻰ اﻟﺑﺎرة اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻋن طرﯾق ﻗﺎطﻊ‬
.‫ﺗﺳرﯾب اﻻرﺿﻰ اﻟراﺟﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻧﻘطﺎع ﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺻدر‬
x
x
x
:Circuit Breaker ‫¾ ﻗواطﻊ اﻟدواﺋر اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ اﻻوﺗوﻣﺎﺗﯾﻛﯾﺔ‬
x
Operating Voltage of Circuit Breaker:
1. Low Voltage (1V : 1KV) : 1-Ф 220V for S <= 5KVA and 3- Ф 380V for S > 5KVA.
MCB >> Miniature C.B, MCCB >> Molded Case C.B, ACB >> Air Circuit Breaker.
2. Medium Voltage (1KV : 66KV) : 11KV, 22KV, 33KV and 66KV.
SF6 and Vacuum.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
26
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
3. High Voltage (66KV : 500KV) : 132KV, 220KV and 500KV.
Oil and SF6.
IC.B = Safety Factor * I Load
Safety Factor Equal: According to E.C = 25% Over Load, According to IEC = 25% Over Load and
According to NEC = 10% Over Load.
C.B Standard: 10, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125, ………..
Ex: I Load = 18A >>> IC.B = 1.25*18= 22.5 A So we select IC.B = 25A.
Also Don’t Forget : P = V*I*P.F for 1-Ф and V = 220V and P = √3 * V*I*P.F for 3-θ and V = 380
x
Types of Low Voltage C.B:
1. Miniature C.B (10 : 125A) : We Use it If the C.B is Outgoing
2. Moulded Case C.B (16 : 1600A): We Use it If the C.B is Incoming
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
27
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
3. Air C.B (630 : 6300A): We use it after the transformer except only one case if the location of
transformer contains dust such as outdoor and factories we must use MCCB.
x
Types of Poles of C.B:
1. Single Phase Single Pole C.B
Line is protected and Neutral is Non-Protected.
Double Pole C.B
2. Single Phase Single
Line and Neutral are protected, but high cost.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
28
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
3. Three Phase Three Pole C.B
4. Three Phase Four Pole C.B
¾ Earth Leakage C.B:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
29
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
x Types of Earth Leakage:
1. RCCB : Residual Current C.B (10 : 63A)
2. RCB : Residual Current Device ( >= 80A)
-
For Lighting Circuits Max. Load “S” = 1200VA , P = V * I * P.F and S = V*I
ILoad = S / V = 1200 / 220 = 5.54A
IC.B = 1.25*5.54 = 6.8A So we select IC.B = 10A for Lighting Circuits.
-
For Power Circuits in Case of Max. Load “S” = 2000VA , P = V * I * P.F and S = V*I
ILoad = S / V = 2000 / 220 = 9.09A
IC.B = 1.25*9.09 = 11.36A So we select IC.B = 16A for Power Circuits and Max. Load = 2000VA.
But if the load of power > 2000VA we calculate the rating current of C.B by the same method
EX: S = 3500VA Single Phase Load.
S = V*I >>> ILoad = 3500/220 = 15.9A >>> IC.B = 1.25*15.9 = 19.88A So we select IC.B = 20A.
EX: S = 12KVA Three Phase Load.
P = √3 * V * I * P.F and S = √3 * V * I
ILoad = S / (√3 * 380) = 12 * 1.52 = 18.24 A , and IC.B = 18.24*1.25 = 22.8A
So we Select IC.B = 25A.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
30
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
:‫ ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎت واﻟﻘﻮاطﻊ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
Demand Factor or Diversity Factor ‫ﺑﻌد ﺗﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﻠﯾﺔ ﻻﺑد ﻣن ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺳﻣﻰ ﺑﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟطﻠب‬
‫ ھو ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﺣﺗﻣﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ﻓﻰ وﻗت واﺣد‬: ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟطﻠب‬
Load
>> Demand Factor
Lighting
>> 0.9
Power “N.S & EX.F
>> 0.4
A.C
>> 1
W.H
>> 1
Equipment and P.S
>> 1
Demand Load = D.F * Total Connected Load
Or we can consider the Demand Factor equal:
0.7 for Residential
0.7 For Commercial
0.75 For Hotel
0.7 For Mall
0.7 For Restaurant
0.7 For Office
0.8 For School
0.75 For Public Facility
0.8 For Indoor Parking
0.9 For Outdoor Parching
0.8 For Hospital
0.7 For Workshop
0.75 For Ware House
0.7 For Fuel Station
0.9 For Factories
Spare ‫( ﻣن اﻟﻠﯾﻧﯾﺎت اﻟﻔﻌﻠﯾﺔ اﺣﺗﯾﺎطﻰ‬%25) ‫ﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎب ﻋدد‬
Spare for Lighting, Spare for 1-Ф Power Circuits, and Spare for 3-Ф Power Circuits
‫ﺑﻌد ﺗﺣدﯾد ﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻘواطﻊ واﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻘواطﻊ ﻟﻛل داﺋرة ﻓرﻋﯾﺔ ﯾﺗم ﺗﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﺣﻣل اﻟﻛﻠﻰ ﻟﻛل ﻣن دواﺋر اﻻﺿﺎءة ودواﺋر اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‬
.‫وﺿرﺑﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟطﻠب‬
90% : ‫ ﻣن‬Balancing ‫ﻋﻧد ﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻻﺣﻣﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺛﻼث ﻓﺎزات ﻓﻰ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ أﺛﻧﺎء اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻻﺑد ﻣراﻋﺎة ﻋﻣل ﺗوازن‬
‫ ﺣﯾث ﯾﺗم ﺗﺑدﯾل اﻻﺣﻣﺎل ﺳواء ﺣﻣل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎزة ﺑدل ﻣن ﺣﻣل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎزة أﺧرى أو ﺗﺑدﯾل ﺣﻣل ﻋﻠﻰ أى ﻓﺎزة ﺑدﻻ ﻣن‬100%
Spare ‫اﻟﻠﯾﻧﯾﺔ اﻻﺣﺗﯾﺎطﻰ‬
x
x
x
x
x
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
31
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫¾ اﺳﺗﻼم اﻟﻠوﺣﺎت اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪.6‬‬
‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪.8‬‬
‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪.10‬‬
‫‪.11‬‬
‫‪.12‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم طﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺷﯾت اﻷﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ )‪(Panel Schedule‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﻋدد اﻟﻘواطﻊ اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻓﻰ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن ﻧوع اﻟﻘواطﻊ ﺟﯾد وﻣن ﺷرﻛﺔ ﻣﻌﺗﻣدة وﻣﻌروﻓﺔ ﻣﺛل ‪ ABB‬و ﺷﻧﺎﯾدر ﻣﺛﻼ‬
‫اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻘواطﻊ )‪(Rating Current For C.B‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﻋدد اﻟﻠﯾﻧﯾﺎت اﻻﺣﺗﯾﺎطﻰ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗﺟرﺑﺔ ﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟﻘﺎطﻊ واﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﻣل ‪ On / Off‬ﺑﺷﻛل ﺟﯾد ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺳوﺳﺗﺔ اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗﺟرﺑﺔ اﻟﻘواطﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻧدوق ‪ Short Circuit‬ﺑﻣﻌرﻓﺔ اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺳﻣك اﻟﺻﺎج اﻟﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻠوﺣﺔ وﻣن اﻟﻣﻔﺗرض أن ﻻ ﯾﻘل ﻋن ‪2.5‬ﻣم وﻟﻛن ﻓﻰ ﻣﺻر ﻧﺗﺟﺎوز وﯾﺗم اﻻﺳﺗﻼم ﻋﻠﻰ ‪1.5‬ﻣم‬
‫اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن وﺟود ﺟواﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ وﻋﻠﻰ ﻣداﺧل وﻣﺧﺎرج اﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼت ﻓﻰ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ ﻣن أﺳﻔل ﺣﯾث أﻧﮫ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻣﻛن ﺗرﻛﯾب‬
‫اﻟﺟواﻧﺎت ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ أو ﯾﻘوم اﻟﻣﻘﺎول ﺑﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮭﺎ ﺑﻣﻌرﻓﺗﮫ وﻻ ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﻼم اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ ﺑدون ﺗرﻛﯾب ھذه اﻟﺟواﻧﺎت ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﺳرﯾب اى‬
‫ﻣﺎء او اﺗرﺑﺔ او ﺣﯾواﻧﺎت داﺧل اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻠوﺣﺎت اﻟﺗﻰ ﯾﺗم ﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮭﺎ ‪ Out Door‬درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﻟﮭﺎ ‪ IP54‬وﻻ ﺑد ﻣن أن ﯾﺗم ﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮭﺎ ﺑزاوﯾﺔ ﻣﯾل ﻣن أﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻣﻧﻊ ﺗراﻛم‬
‫أى أﺗرﺑﺔ أو ﻣﯾﺎه أﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ أﻣﺎ اﻟﻠوﺣﺎت اﻟﺗﻰ ﯾم ﺗﻛﯾﺑﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟداﺧل ﺗﻛون درﺟﺔ ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺗﮭﺎ ‪IP42‬‬
‫اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻻﺑد أن ﺗﻛون درﺟﺔ ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺗﮭﺎ ‪ IP54‬ﺳواء ﻛﺎﻧت ‪ In Door‬أو ‪Out Door‬‬
‫ﺑﻌد ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﻼﻣﮭﺎ اﺳﺗﻼم ﻧﮭﺎﺋﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻣرﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل وﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن ﻛل ﻟﯾﻧﯾﺔ ﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛل اﻟﺻﺣﯾﺢ ﺣﯾث‬
‫ﻧﺑدأ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻛل اﻟﻘواطﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ On‬ﺛم ﺗﻘوم ﺑﺎطﻔﺎء وﻏﻠق ﻗﺎطﻊ ﻗﺎطﻊ ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﻠﯾﻧﯾﺎت ﺗم ﺗﻐذﯾﺗﮭﺎ ﺑﺷﻛل‬
‫ﺳﻠﯾم وﻛذﻟك ﻣراﺟﻌﺔ ﺗﻐذﯾﺔ ﻛل ﻗﺎطﻊ ﻟﻠﯾﻧﯾﺎت ﺣﺳب ﻣﺎ ھو وارد ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺧططﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣدة‬
‫‪Power Single Line Diagram (PSLD):‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﻣوﻟدات ﻣﻊ اﻻﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﻣراد ﻋدم ﻗطﻊ اﻟﺗﯾﺎر ﻋﻧﮭﺎ وﺗﻌﺗﺑر أﺣﻣﺎل طوارئ ‪ Emergency‬أﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ اﻻﺣﻣﺎل ﻓﺗﻌﺗﺑر‬
‫أﺣﻣﺎل ﻋﺎدﯾﺔ ‪Normal‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟطوارئ ﺑﺟﺎﻧب ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء اﻟﻔرﻋﯾﺔ وﯾﺗم ﺗرﻗﯾم ﻟﯾﻧﯾﺎﺗﮭﺎ ‪ L/EG1‬وﺗﻛون ﻟوﻧﮭﺎ أﺣﻣر "‪"RED‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ وﺿﻊ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ أﺣﻣﺎل اﻻﻧﺎرة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟطوارئ أو ﺟزء ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﺣﺳب رﻏﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟك ﺑﺣﯾث ﻟو ﺟزء ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﻻ ﺗزﯾد‬
‫ﻋن ‪ %25‬ﻣن اﺟﻣﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت اﻻﺿﺎءة "‪"From 20% to 25%‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل ﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت اﻧﺎرة اﻟطوارئ ﺣﯾث ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل أول ﻛﺷﺎف ﻓﻰ اﻟرﻛن اﻟﻣﺟﺎور‬
‫ﻟﻠﺑﺎب واﺧر ﻛﺷﺎف ﻓﻰ اﻟرﻛن اﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑل ﻟﮫ وﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎت اﻟﺗﻰ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺻف‪.‬‬
‫ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت ‪ Single N.S‬ﻻ ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟطوارئ اﻻ اذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻷﺣﻣﺎل ﺧﺎﺻﺔ أﻣﺎ ‪ D.S‬ﻟو ﻛﺎﻧت ﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ ﻷﺟﮭزة ﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر ﻓﻰ اﻟﺑﻧوك ﻣﺛﻼ أو ﻓﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب اﻻدارﯾﺔ ﻓﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟطوارئ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻣﯾﻊ ‪ Switch Fuse‬اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻛﯾﯾف واﻟﻣﻌدات واﻟﻣﺎﻛﯾﻧﺎت ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﻠوﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻟطوارئ اذا ﻛﺎن ذﻟك رﻏﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟك اﻻ اذا ﺣدد ﺑﻌض اﻻﺣﻣﺎل وﻟﯾس ﻛﻠﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻔﯾﺎت ﺟﻣﯾﻊ أﺣﻣﺎل ﻏرف اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺎت واﻟﻌﻧﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻣرﻛزة واﻟﻣﻌدات اﻟﻣﮭﻣﺔ ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟطوارئ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﻣﺻر اذا ﻛﺎن اﻟــ ‪ Demand Load‬اﻟﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ أﻗل ﻣن ‪ 400KVA‬ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﺑﺗﻐذﯾﺔ ﺷرﻛﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء "اﻟﺿﻐط اﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔض ‪ "L.V‬دون ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﺣول أﻣﺎ اذا ﻛﺎن اﻟـ ‪ D.L‬أﻛﺑر ﻣن ‪ 400KVA‬ﻓﺳﺗﺟﺑر ﺷرﻛﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء ﻣﺎﻟك‬
‫اﻟﻣﺷروع ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﺣول ﯾﺗم ﺗﻐذﯾﺗﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط اﻟﻣﺗوﺳط "‪ "M.V‬ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ ‪11KV‬‬
‫¾ اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺣول ‪:Load of Transformer‬‬
‫ﻋﻧد اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺣول وﺣﺳﺎب ﺣﻣﻠﮫ ﯾﺟب ﺗﺣﻣﯾﻠﮫ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻻ ﯾزﯾد ﻋن ‪ %80‬ﻣن أﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﻣل ﻟﮫ ﻟذﻟك‬
‫‪Load of TR = Demand Load of MDB * 1.25‬‬
‫‪Standard : …………, 500KVA,750KVA, 1MVA, 1.5MVA, 2MVA, ………….‬‬
‫¾ اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣوﻟد ‪:Load of Generator‬‬
‫‪Load Of Generator = Emergency Load in VA* 1.25‬‬
‫¾ ﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟﺗﺣوﯾل اﻻوﺗوﻣﺎﺗﯾﻛﺔ ‪:ATS‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟوﺿﻊ اﻟطﺑﯾﻌﻰ ﯾﻛون ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪ ATS‬ﻋﻧد اﻟوﺿﻊ)‪ (1‬ﺣﯾث ﺗﻘوم اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﺑﺗﻐذﯾﺔ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﻠوﺣﺎت اﻟﻔرﻋﯾﺔ " ‪Normal and‬‬
‫‪ "Emergency‬وﻟﻛن ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣدوث ‪ Fault‬ﯾﻘوم ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪ ATS‬ﺑﺗﻐﯾﯾر وﺿﻌﮫ اﻟﻰ اﻟوﺿﻊ )‪ (2‬اﻟﻣﺗﺻل ﺑﺎﻟﻣوﻟد ﺣﯾث ﻓﻰ ھذه اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﻘوم‬
‫اﻟﻣوﻟد ﺑﺗﻐذﯾﺔ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟطوارئ ﻓﻘط‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎب ﺗﯾﺎر ‪ ATS‬ﻛﺄﻧﮫ ﻣﻔﺗﺎح أو ﻗﺎطﻊ ﻟﻠﻣوﻟد "‪ "Generator‬ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﻟو ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻣوﻟد ‪ 320KVA‬ﯾﻛون ﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪ ATS‬ﯾﺳﺎوى‬
‫‪ 608A = 1.25*1.52*320‬وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ﯾﺗم اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟـ ‪.600A = ATS‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫¾ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟـ ‪"Un Interrupting Power Supply" UPS‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﻸﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﮭﺎﻣﺔ ﺟدا ﺣﯾث أن اﻟﻣوﻟد "‪ "Generator‬ﯾﺣﺗﺎج ﻟﺑﻌض اﻟوﻗت ﻟﻛﻰ ﯾدﺧل اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ ﺑﺣﯾث أن ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﺗﻰ ﯾﺗم‬
‫ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﮭذه اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟطﻠب )‪ (Demand Factor‬اﻟﺧﺎص ﺑﮭﺎ ﯾﺳﺎوى ‪ 1‬أى أن )‪(Demand Load = UPS Load‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟطﺑﯾﻌﯾﺔ ﯾﻣر اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ ﻟﻠﺣﻣل ﻣن اﻟﻣﺻدر ﻣن ﺧﻼل اﻟﻔرع "‪ "Branch 1‬وأﯾﺿﺎ ﺗوﺻل اﻟﺑطﺎرﯾﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺻدر‬
‫ﻋﻧد اﻟﻧﻘطﺔ )‪ (2‬ﺣﯾث ﺗﺷﺣن اﻟﺑطﺎرﯾﺎت وﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣدوث ‪ Fault‬ﻋطل واﻧﻘطﺎع اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ ﻣن اﻟﻣﺻدر ﺗﻘوم اﻟﺑطﺎرﯾﺎت‬
‫ﺑﺗﻔرﯾﻎ اﻟﺷﺣن )‪ (Discharging‬ﺣﯾث ﯾﻣر اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ ﻟﻠﺣﻣل ﻣن اﻟﺑطﺎرﯾﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟــ ‪ UPS‬ﺑﻧﻔس طرﯾﻘﺔ ﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻠوﺣﺎت اﻟﻔرﻋﯾﺔ ﻓﯾﻣﺎ ﻋدا أن اﻟــ ‪ Demand Factor‬ﺗﺳﺎوى ‪.1‬‬
‫¾ اﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت ‪:Capacitor Bank‬‬
‫وھذه اﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﺗﺣﺳن ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻘدة ‪Power Factor Correction‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺳﻛﻧﯾﺔ ﯾوﺟد ﻋداد واﺣد وﯾﻘوم ﺑﻘﯾﺎس ‪ KWhr‬وﯾﺗم ﻣﺣﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﺷرﻛﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘدرة ‪Energy “E” = P * t‬‬
‫ﺣﯾث أن ‪ P‬ھﻰ اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ أو اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻣﺳﺗﮭﻠﻛﺔ "‪ "Active Power or Consumed Power‬أﻣﺎ ‪ t‬ﻓﮭﻰ اﻟزﻣن ﺑﺎﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﺷﺄت اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ ﯾوﺟد ﻋداد اﺧر ﻟﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻘدرة ﻏﯾر اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ "‪ "Reactive Power‬وﺗﻘﺎس ﺑـ "‪ "KVAhr‬وذﻟك ﻟوﺟود‬
‫أﺣﻣﺎل ﻣواﺗﯾر وأﺣﻣﺎل اﺧرى ﺗزﯾد ﻣن ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟـ )‪ (Q‬ﺣﯾث ان ‪ Q‬ھﻰ اﻟﻘدرة ﻏﯾر اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ <<< ‪S = P + J*Q‬‬
‫‪x P.F < 1 >>>>> P.F Increase so Q Decrease and P.F Decrease so Q Increase‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺗﻘوم ﺷرﻛﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء ﺑﻘﯾﺎس وﺣﺳﺎب ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻘدرة ‪ P.F‬وﻻﺑد أن ﺗﻛون ﻗﯾﻣﺗﮭﺎ ﺗﺗراوح ﺑﯾن ‪ 0.8‬اﻟﻰ ‪0.9‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (P.F > 0.9‬ﺑﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻘدرة أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣن ‪ 0.9‬ﯾﺗم ﺗﻘﻠﯾل ﺷرﯾﺣﺔ اﻟدﻓﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (0.8 < P.F < 0.9‬ﺳﯾﻛون ﺳﻌر اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء ﻧﻔس اﻟﺳﻌر اﻟﻌدى‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (0.6 < P.F < 0.8‬ﺳﺗﻘوم ﺷرﻛﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء ﺑﻔرض ﺿرﯾﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ "‪"Penalty or Taxes‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (0.4 < P.F < 0.6‬ﺳﯾﺗم ﻣﺿﺎﻋﻔﺔ اﻟﺿرﯾﺑﺔ "‪"Penalty *2‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (P.F < 0.4‬ﺳﯾﺗم ﻓﺻل اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ﻧﮭﺎﺋﯾﺎ ﻋن اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ "‪"Disconnect Electricity‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪34‬‬
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
Capacitor Bank ‫( ﻻ ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام‬1 &2) ‫ﻓﻰ اﻟوﺿﻊ‬
Capacitor Bank ‫( ﻻ ﺑد ﻣن اﺳﺗﺧدام‬5) ‫ﻓﻰ اﻟوﺿﻊ‬
‫ واﻟﻌﻣر اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﻰ ﻟﮭﺎ وﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺗﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺿرﯾﺑﺔ وأﯾﮭﻣﺎ أﻋﻠﻰ وﻋﻠﻰ‬Capacitor Bank ‫( ﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎب ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ اﻟـ‬3&4) ‫ﻓﻰ اﻟوﺿﻊ‬
.‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺷروع أم ﻻ‬Capacitor Bank ‫أﺳﺎﺳﮭﺎ ﯾﺗم ﺗﺣدﯾد ھل ﺳﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام‬
x
x
x
:‫¾ ﻛﯾﻔﯾﺔ ﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻘدرة وﺣﺳﺎب ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت‬
(P.F = CosΘ = P / S) ‫ﻣن ﺧﻼل ﻣﺛﻠث اﻟﻘدرة ﻧﺟد أن‬
S = P + J * Q ‫وﻛذﻟك‬
‫ ﺛم ﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎب ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻣﻛﺛف‬Q ‫ﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻘدرة ﻏﯾر اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‬
C in Farad
Sin Ф = Q / S
Q = S * Sin Ф
x
x
x
x
x
x
Ex: If the total demand load S = 700KVA, P.F1 = 0.6 , P.F2 = 0.95
Where P.F1 before correction and P.F2 after correction and decided by the designer.
Before Correction: P.F1 = Cos Θ1 = 0.6 >>>> Θ1 = Cos-1(0.6) = 53.13 Degree
Q1 = S * Sin Ф1 = 700 * Sin(53.13) = 559.9 KVAhr
After Correction >>> P.F2 = 0.95
Cos Θ2 = 0.95 >>>> Θ2 = 18.199
Q2 = S * Sin Ф2 = 700 * Sin(18.199) = 218.5 KVAhr
Qc = Q1 – Q2 = 341 KVAhr Where Qc is the correction of Reactive Power.
Qc = V ² / Xc where V in single phase and Xc is the Reactance of Capacitance
Xc = (220) ² / 341000 = 0.1419
Xc = 1/Wc = 1 / ( 2*∏*F*C) >>>>> ∏ = 3.14, F is the frequency = 50HZ, C is requested ??????
C = 1 / ( 0.1419 * 2 * 3.14 * 50 ) = 0.0224378 Farad = 224378 μF (Micro Farad)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
35
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗوازى ﻣﻊ اﻻﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ﻓﻣﻊ زﯾﺎدة اﻟﺣﻣل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻲ ﯾﺗم زﯾﺎدة ﻋدد اﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت اﻟواﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺷﻛل‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻰ وﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﻠﯾل اﻟﺣﻣل ﯾﺗم ﺗﻘﻠﯾل ﻋدد اﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت ﻓﻔﻰ اﻟﻣﺛﺎل اﺳﺎﺑق ﻧﺟد أن ‪ Xc = 341KVAhr‬واﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﺎوى ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ ‪350KVAr‬‬
‫ﻓﯾﺗم ﺗﺛﺑﯾت ﻧﺻف اﻟﺣﻣل ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ وﺟﻌل اﻟﻧﺻف اﻻﺧر ﻣﺗﻐﯾر )‪Xc = 150KVAhr (Fixed) + 200KVAhr (Variable‬‬
‫واﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾرة ﯾﺗم ﺗﻘﺳﯾﻣﮭﺎ اﻟﻰ ‪ 25KVAhr‬أو ‪ 50KVAhr‬واﻻﻓﺿل اﻟﻰ ‪25KVAhr‬‬
‫‪Xc = 150 KVAhr Fixed + 8 * 25 KVAhr Variable‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺣوظﺔ ‪ :‬ﻓﻰ ﺑداﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺷروع ﻗﺑل ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻻﺣﻣﺎل وﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟـ ‪ P.F‬اﻟﻣراد ﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﮭﺎ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺣﺳﺎب ‪ Q1‬ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺳﺎوى‬
‫‪ %25‬ﻣن اﻟﺣﻣل اﻟﻛﻠﻰ ‪.Q1 = 7000 * 0.25‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
:Cables ‫ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼت‬:‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
‫ ھﻰ اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ‬ƍ ‫ ﺣﯾث‬R=ƍ*L/A ‫اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ھﻰ اﻋﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة ﻟﻣرور اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ "اﻻﻟﻛﺗروﻧﺎت" ﺧﻼﻟﮭﺎ ﺣﯾث‬
2.82*10⁻⁸ = Al ‫ أﻣﺎ ﻟﻼﻟﻣوﻧﯾوم‬1.7*10⁻⁵ =Copper ‫( وھﻰ ﻟﻠﻧﺣﺎس‬Resistivity Ohm.m) ‫اﻟﻧوﻋﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻣوﺻل‬
I α A
‫و‬
V α Insulation
‫و‬
R α 1/A
‫ أﯾﺿﺎ‬R α L
-
: ‫¾ ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼت‬
Conductor ‫ ﻣوﺻل‬Insulation ‫ ﻋﺎزل‬Sheath ‫ ﻋﺎزل رﺋﯾﺳﻰ‬-
x
Cable Classification:
1. Operating Voltage
2. Operating Frequency
3. Conductor Type
4. Insulation Level
5. Core Number
x
-
Operating Voltage:
Low Voltage
Medium Voltage
High Voltage
Control Cable
( 1V : 1000V )
( 1KV : 66KV )
( 66KV : 500KV )
x Operating Frequency:
-
50 HZ
60HZ
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
37
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
x Conductor Type:
9
9
9
9
Aluminum (AL)
Copper (CU)
Conductivity of AL is 65% of CU Conductivity.
AL is Lighter than CU in weight.
CU is higher cost than AL
All Medium Voltage cables are made from AL
because of low cost and need low current.
x Insulation Level:
-
PVC used in 70°C as normal temperature, and 150°C as Max. Temp. at short circuit.
XLPE used in 90°C as normal temperature, and 250°C as Max. Temp. at short circuit.
All Medium voltage cables with XLPE insulation
Low voltage cables may be with PVC for low current or XLPE for high current.
-
Armoring (S.T.A “Steel Tape Armoured”, S.W.A “Steel Wire Armoured”) used for
underground for mechanical stress.
x Core Number:
-
Single Core.
Multi Core (2Cores, 3 Cores, 4Cores)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
38
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
¾ Conclusion:
x
-
Wires >> VOP (450/750V): For Branch Circuits and Lighting Circuits
CU / PVC
CU / XLPE
x
a)
b)
c)
Cables >> VOP (0.6 / 1 or 1.2KV):
S.C.C.C (Single core cupper cable) CU/PVC/PVC , CU/XLPE/PVC
M.C.C.C (Multi core cupper cable) CU/PVC/PVC , CU/XLPE/PVC
M.C.C.C Armoured CU/PVC/STA/PVC , CU/XLPE/STA/PVC , CU/PVC/SWA/PVC ,
CU/XLPE/SWA/PVC
¾ Cable Design:
I Cable = I C.B / Derating Factor
Derating Factor according to the cable is in air or ground and we take the value of
derating factor at temperature 50.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
39
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
9 Also we can consider that the derating factor for all cases equal 0.8.
EX: Load is 50KVA, 3PH and 50HZ. Cable Size ???? (Cable in the ground and PVC)
I Load = 50*1.52 = 76A, I C.B = 76 * 1.25 = 95A = 100A as standard
I Cable = I C.B / Derating Factor
, Derating factor for the ground at 50ᵒC = 0.76
I Cable = 100 / 0.76 = 131.5A
-
-
From catalogue we can obtain the size of cable by operating voltage, Conductor and
insulation type (CU or AL / PVC or XLPE), ground or free in air or in conduit, No. of cores,
cable current.
From Elseweedy Catalogue we can find the cable size is 50mm²
¾ Cable Description:
Cables till 16 mm² 3Phase “R, S, T” = Neutral = Earth
25mm² 3Phase = Neutral, and Earth = 0.5 Phase
More than 25mm² (35 : 300) Neutral = Earth = 0.5 Phase
Ex: 4*1*16mm² + 1*16mm² (S.C.C.C)
²‫ﻣم‬16 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑل أرﺿﻰ‬+ ²‫ ﻣم‬16 ‫( ﻛل ﻛﺎﺑل ﻓردى ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘطﻌﮫ‬3Phase, 1Neutral) ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻼت‬4 ‫وھﻰ ﺗﻌﻧﻰ ﻋدد‬
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
40
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
Ex: 4*25mm² + 1*16mm²
(M.C.C.C)
²‫ﻣم‬16 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑل أرﺿﻰ‬+ ²‫ ﻣم‬25 ‫( ﻛل ﻛور ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘطﻌﮫ‬3Phase, 1Neutral) ‫ ﻛور‬4 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑل‬1 ‫وھﻰ ﺗﻌﻧﻰ ﻋدد‬
x
Full Description in B.O.Q or Legend :
C1 >> M.C.C.C Armoured (3*50mm² + 1*25mm² + 1*25mm²) CU/PVC/SWA/PVC
C2 >> S.C.C.C (4*1*10mm² + 1*10mm²) CU/PVC /PVC
C3 >> M.C.C.C (4*25mm² + 1*16mm²) CU/PVC/ PVC
¾ Voltage Drop Calculation:
I actual is load current
L is the length of cable
mv/amp/m is a factor and get from cable catalogue
V.D % = V.D * 100 / 220 for single phase
V.D % = V.D * 100 / 380 for three phase
Accepted voltage drop is V.D % <= 5%
Ex: Calculate the V.D of tow motor 50hp and 100hp.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
41
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
For motor 1 : P = 50hp
S = 50*746 / 0.8 = 46.625KVA
I load = 46.625*1.52 = 70.9A , I C.B = 70.9*1.25 = 88.6A = 100A
I Cable = 100/0.8 = 125A >>>> 4*50mm² + 25mm² CU/PVC/PVC
For motor 2: P = 100hp
S = 100*746 / 0.8 = 93.25KVA
I load = 93.25*1.52 = 141.74A , I C.B = 141.74 * 1.25 = 177A = 200A
I Cable = 200/0.8 = 250A >>>> 4*120mm² + 70mm² CU/PVC/PVC
For MDB: Total Load = 50+100 = 150hp
S = 150*746 / 0.8 = 139.875KVA
I load = 139.875*1.52 = 212.6A , I C.B = 250A
I Cable = 250/0.8 = 312.5A >>>> 4*185mm² + 95mm² CU/PVC/PVC
Voltage Drop Calculation:
-
From 1 to 2 (L = 30m, I actual = 212.6A, C.S.A = 185mm²)
From the catalogue we get (mv/amp/m) = 0.252
V.D = 0.252*10⁻³*212.6*30 = 1.607V
V.D% = 1.607*100/380 = 0.422%
-
-
x
From 2 to 3 (L = 100m, I actual = 70.9A, C.S.A = 50mm²)
From the catalogue we get (mv/amp/m) = 0.732
V.D = 0.732*10⁻³*70.9*100 = 5.19V
V.D% = 5.19*100/380 = 1.37%
From 1 to 3 >>>> Total V.D % = 0.422 + 1.37 = 1.8% is accepted.
From 2 to 4 (L = 300m, I actual = 141.74, C.S.A = 120mm²)
From the catalogue we get (mv/amp/m) = 0.349
V.D = 0.349*10⁻³*141.74*300 = 14.84V
V.D% = 14.84*100/380 = 3.9%
From 1 to 4 >>>> Total V.D % = 0.422 + 3.9 = 4.32% is accepted.
Note that if total V.D% > 5% (not accepted) we have to choice the next high cross
section area.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
42
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪¾ Short Circuit Calculation:‬‬
‫ﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻘﺻر وھو اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟذى ﯾﺣدث ﻋﻧده ﺗﻠف ﻟﻠﻘﺎطﻊ ‪ C.B‬وﻟم ﯾﻔﺻل ﻋﻧد ﺗﺧطﻰ ‪I C.B‬‬
‫‪Standard Values of I S.C :‬‬
‫‪BCP >>>> I s.c = 10KA‬‬
‫‪S.F.B >>>> I s.c = 25KA‬‬
‫‪M.D.B >>>> I s.c = 30 or 35 KA‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺣوظﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻼت اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔض ﺗﺗﺣﻣل ﺗﯾﺎرات اﻟﻘﺻر وﯾﻣﻛن أﺧذ ﺗﯾﺎرات اﻟﻘﺻر اﻟﻣوﺿﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻠﻰ دون ﺣﺳﺎﺑﮭﺎ وﻟذﻟك ﯾؤﺧذ ﻓﻰ‬‫اﻻﻋﺗﺑﺎر ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﮭﺑوط ﻓﻰ اﻟﺟﮭد ‪ V.D‬اﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻛﺎﺑﻼت اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔض أﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻼت اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻣﺗوﺳط ﻓﺗﺻﻣم ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﯾﺎرات‬
‫اﻟﻘﺻر وﺗؤﺧذ ﻓﻰ اﻻﻋﺗﺑﺎر ﻷﻧﮫ ﯾﻛون ﻛﺑﯾر ﻓﯾﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ اﻟوان اﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼت ‪ :‬اﻟﻔﺎزات أﺣﻣر واﺻﻔر وازرق )‪ (Red, Yellow and Blue‬أﻣﺎ طرف اﻟﺗﻌﺎدل )‪ (Neutral‬ﻓﻠوﻧﮫ أﺳود‬‫)‪ (Black‬واﻻرﺿﻰ ﻟوﻧﮫ أﺧﺿر ﻓﻰ أﺻﻔر ﻓﻰ أﺧﺿر )‪.(Yellow/Green‬‬
‫ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘطﻊ اﻟﻛﺎﺑل = ‪ %40‬ﻣن ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘطﻊ اﻟﻣﺎﺳورة ‪ A Cable = 40% A Conduit‬أى اﻧﮫ ﻻ ﺑد ﻣن ﺗرك ‪ %60‬ﻣن‬‫اﻟﻣﺎﺳورة ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ‬
‫‪∏d² / 4 = 0.4 ∏*D²/4 , d is cable diameter and D is conduit diameter‬‬
‫‪D² = d² / 0.4 >>>> D = d / √0.4 = 1.58 d‬‬
‫‪D of conduit = 1.58 d of cable‬‬
‫‪x EX: Water heater S = 3500VA and the cable 3*6 mm² find the diameter of Conduit‬‬
‫ﻋﻧد ﺣﺳﺎب ﻗطر اﻟﻣﺎﺳورة ﻻ ﺑد اﻻﺧذ ﻓﻰ اﻻﻋﺗﺑﺎر ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ‪ Overall Diameter‬ﻣن اﻟﻛﺗﺎﻟوج وھﻰ ﺳﻣك اﻟﻛﺎﺑل واﻟﻌﺎزل ﻣﻌﺎ‬
‫‪D of conduit = 1.58 * 3 * 4.7 = 22.278 mm‬‬
‫‪Standard of conduit diameter: 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50mm‬‬
‫وﻣن أﺷﮭر ﺷرﻛﺎت اﻟﻣواﺳﯾر ﻓﻰ ﻣﺻر ﺷرﻛﺔ ﺑﯾت اﻟﮭﻧدﺳﺔ‬
‫‪¾ Cable Tray:‬‬
‫‪Standard of cable tray:‬‬
‫‪Height : 50, 8, 10cm‬‬
‫‪Width : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, ……….., 100cm‬‬
‫‪Standard distance between 2 level >= 30cm‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻋﯾوب ﺣﺎﻣل اﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼت‪:‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣدوث ﻋطل ﻓﻰ اى ﻛﺎﺑل ﻣن اﻟﺻﻌب اﺧراﺟﮫ ﻣن وﺳط اﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼت ﻓﯾﺗم ﺗرﻛﮫ وﻧﺿﻊ ﻛﺎﺑل اﺧر ﻣﻛﺎﻧﮫ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟو ﺗم اﺣﺗراق اى ﻛﺎﺑل ﻻﺑد ﻣن ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﺣﺎﻣل ﻛﻠﮫ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺣوظﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﻓرد ﺟﻣﯾﻊ دواﺋر اﻟطوارئ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﻋن اﻟدواﺋر اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ ﺑﺣﯾث اﻟدواﺋر اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ ﻟو ﺣرﻗت ﻻ ﺗؤﺛر ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺑﻼت‬
‫دواﺋر اﻟطوارئ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﯾﺗم ﻓرد ﻛﺎﺑﻼت اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻣﺗوﺳط ﺑﺟﺎﻧب ﻛﺎﺑﻼت اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔض أو ﻛﺎﺑﻼت اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﺧﻔﯾف ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻣل واﺣد واذا ﻛﺎن‬
‫ﻻﺑد ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘل اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﯾﻧﮭم ﻋن ‪ 50‬ﺳم‪.‬‬
‫¾ طرﯾﻘﺔ دﻓن اﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼت‪:‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪.6‬‬
‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺣﻔر ﺧﻧدق ﻓﻰ اﻻرض ﺑﻌﻣق ‪ 80‬ﺳم ﻟﻠﺟﮭد اﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔض و ‪ 120‬ﺳم ﻟﻠﺟﮭد اﻟﻣﺗوﺳط وﻋرض اﻟﺧﻧدق ‪ 40‬ﺳم‪.‬‬
‫ﺗوﺿﻊ طﺑﻘﺔ ﻣن اﻟرﻣل اﻟﻧﺎﻋم ﺑﺳﻣك ‪ 10‬ﺳم ﺛم ﯾدك وﻧﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﯾﮫ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾوﺿﻊ اﻟﻛﺎﺑل ﻓﻰ ﻣﻧﺗﺻف اﻟﺧﻧدق‪.‬‬
‫ﺛم ﯾوﺿﻊ طﺑﻘﺔ رﻣل ﻧﺎﻋم ﻣرة اﺧرة ﺑﺳﻣك ‪ 10‬او ‪ 15‬ﺳم‪.‬‬
‫ﯾوﺿﻊ طوب ﺧرﺳﺎﻧﻰ أﺑﻌﺎدھﺎ ‪ 20*20*4‬ﺳم‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ردم اﻟﺣﻔرة ﺑﺎﻟرﻣل اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧرج ﻣن اﻟﺣﻔر ﺑﻌد ﺗﻧظﯾﻔﮫ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻣق ‪ 20‬ﺳم ﻣن ﺣﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺣﻔر‪.‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ ﺷرﯾط ﺗﺣذﯾرى ﺑﺎﻟﻠون اﻟﺑرﺗﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﺗوب ﻋﻠﯾﮫ ﻛﺎﺑﻼت ﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎل ردم ﺑﺎﻗﻰ اﻟﺣﻔرة‪.‬‬
‫ اذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻛﺎﺑل ﻏﯾر ﻣﺳﻠﺢ او ﻣﻌرض ﻻوزان ﺛﻘﯾﻠﺔ ﯾﺗم وﺿﻌﮫ داﺧل ﻣﺎﺳورة ﻗﺑل اﻟدﻓن‬‫ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓرد ﻛﺎﺑﻠﯾن ﻓﻰ ﺣﻔرة واﺣدة ﯾﻛون ﻋرض اﻟﺣﻔرة ‪ 60‬ﺳم ووﺿﻌﮭم ﺑﺣﯾث اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﯾن اﻟﻛﺎﺑﻠﯾن ﺗﻛون ‪ 40‬ﺳم‬‫‪ -‬ﯾﺗم زﯾﺎدة ﻋرض اﻟﺣﻔرة ‪ 20‬ﺳم ﻟﻛل ﻛﺎﺑل زﯾﺎدة‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ :‬اﻻرﺿﻰ ‪:Earthing‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض ھو ﺗوﺻﯾل ﺷﺑﻛﺎت اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء اﻟﻣﻐذﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺑﻧﻰ أو اﺟﺳﺎم اﻟﻣﻌدات اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﯾﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﻻرض وﯾﺗم ﺑﻐرض‬
‫اﻟوﻗﺎﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺻدﻣﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ وﻛذﻟك ﺗﺣﺳﯾن اداء اﻟﻣﻧظوﻣﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫¾ ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ﻧظﺎم اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض ﺑﺷﻛل ﻋﺎم‪:‬‬
‫¾ أﻧواع أﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض اﻟوظﯾﻔﻰ‪ :‬وﺑﺧﺗص ھذا اﻟﻧوع ﻣن اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض ﺑﺗﺄرﯾض ﻣﺻدر اﻟﺗﻐذﯾﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻰ وﯾﺳﻣﻰ ﺑﺗﺄرﯾض اﻟﻧظﺎم ) ‪System‬‬
‫‪.(Grounding or System Earthing‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض اﻟوﻗﺎﺋﻰ‪ :‬وﯾﺧﺗص ھذا اﻟﻧوع ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل اﻻﺟﺳﺎم اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﻌدﻧﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻌدات اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ﺑﺎﻻرض وﺳﻣﻰ اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض اﻟوﻗﺎﺋﻰ‬
‫)‪.(Protective Grounding‬‬
‫¾ أﻧواع أﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض ﻓﻰ ﻧظم ﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔض‪:‬‬
‫‪3. TNCS‬‬
‫‪4. TT‬‬
‫‪1. TNC‬‬
‫‪2. TNS‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫أوﻻ ‪ :‬ﻧظﺎم اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض ‪(Combine) :TN-C‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫وﯾﻛون ﻓﯾﮫ ﺗﺄرﯾض اﻟﻧظﺎم ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ ﻧﻔس اﻟوﻗت ﻛﺗﺄرﯾض وﻗﺎﺋﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﻌدات وأن ﺗﺄرﯾض اﻟﻧظﺎم ﯾﺗم ﻣن ﺧﻼل ﻗطب ﺗﺄرﯾض‬
‫ﻗطب ﺗﺄرﯾض رﺋﯾﺳﻰ ﺗوﺻل اﻟﯾﮫ ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺎدل اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺛﺎﻧوﯾﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﺣول اﻟﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻟﻣﻐذى ﻟﻠﺷﺑﻛﺔ وﻛذﻟك ﻣن‬
‫ﺧﻼل أﻗطﺎب ﺗﺄرﯾض اﺿﺎﻓﯾﺔ ﯾﺗم اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻟﺗوزﯾﻊ ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗوازن اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ وﻓﻰ ھذا اﻟﻧظﺎم ﯾﺗم‬
‫اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﻣوﺻل اﻟراﺑﻊ ﻛﺧط ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺎدل وﻛﻣوﺻل ﻟﻠﺗﺄرﯾض اﻟوﻗﺎﺋﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻔس اﻟوﻗت "‪."PEN‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﯾﺎ ‪ :‬ﻧظﺎم اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض ‪(Separate) :TN-S‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﯾوﺟد ﻗطب ﺗﺄرﯾض واﺣد ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﺗﺄرﯾض اﻟﻧظﺎم وﻟﻠﺗﺄرﯾض اﻟوﻗﺎﺋﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﻌدان ﻓﻰ ﻧﻔس اﻟوﻗت وﯾوﺻل ھذا اﻟﻘطب ﺑﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺛﺎﻧوﯾﺔ ﻟﻣﺣول اﻟﺗوزﯾﻊ وﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﯾﻣدد ﺧطﺎن ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻼن ﻣﻊ ﻣوﺻﻼت اﻻطوار اﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ )اﻟﻔﺎزات اﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ( وﯾﺳﺗﺧدم‬
‫اﻟﺧط اﻻول ﻛﻣوﺻل ﺗﻌﺎدل )‪ (N‬ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻟﺗﻐذﯾﺔ واﻟﺛﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻣوﺻل ﺗﺄرﯾض وﻗﺎﺋﻰ )‪ (PE‬ﻟﺗﺄرﯾض اﻻﺟﺳﺎم اﻟﻣﻌدﻧﯾﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ وﻟﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﺣﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺛﺎ ‪ :‬ﻧظﺎم اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض ‪:TN-C-S‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫وھو ﯾﺟﻣﻊ ﺑﯾن اﻟﻧظﺎﻣﯾن اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﯾن ﺣﯾث أن ﺷﺑﻛﺎت اﻟﺗﻐذﯾﺔ اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﺗؤرض ﺑﻧﻔس طرﯾﻘﺔ ‪ TN-C‬وأن ﺷﺑﻛﺎت اﻟﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺷﺗرك ﺗؤرض ﺑﻧﻔس طرﯾﻘﺔ ‪ TN-S‬ﺣﯾث ﯾﺗم ﻓﺻل اﻟﻣوﺻﻼن ‪ PE & N‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺷﺗرك‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫راﺑﻌﺎ ‪ :‬ﻧظﺎم اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض ‪:TT‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻗطب ﺗﺄرﯾض واﺣد ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻟﺗﻐذﯾﺔ اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ وأﻗطﺎب ﺗﺄرﯾض ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺄرﯾض اﻟوﻗﺎﺋﻰ ﻟﺗﺄرﯾض اﻻﺟﺳﺎم اﻟﻣﻌدﻧﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﻌدات اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪47‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪The first letter indicates the connection between earth and the power-supply equipment‬‬
‫‪(generator or transformer):‬‬
‫‪"T" — Direct connection of a point with earth‬‬
‫‪The second letter indicates the connection between earth and the electrical device being‬‬
‫‪supplied:‬‬
‫‪"T" — Direct connection of a point with earth‬‬
‫‪"N" — Direct connection to neutral at the origin of installation, which is connected to the earth‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‬‫‪x‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫¾ ﺗﺻﻣﯾم وطرق دﻓن أﻗطﺎب اﻻرﺿﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﯾﻘﺻد ﺑﺗﺻﻣﯾم أﻗطﺎب اﻻرﺿﻰ ھﻰ ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻋدد اﻻﻟﻛﺗرودات اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ )ﻗطب اﻻرﺿﻰ( وﺗﺣدﯾد طوﻟﮭﺎ وﻛذﻟك ﻗطرھﺎ أو‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘطﻌﮭﺎ ﻟﻠوﺻول اﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ أرﺿﻰ أﻗل ﻣن ‪ 0.5‬أوم )‪(R earth < 0.5 Ohm‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ دواﺋر اﻻﺿﺎءة ودواﺋر اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ )‪ (R earth < 2 Ohm‬أﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ دواﺋر اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﺧﻔﯾف )‪ (R earth < 0.5 Ohm‬وﺑﻣﺎ أن‬
‫ﻣﻌظم اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ ﺗﺣﺗوى ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﻧظﻣﺔ ﻓﻰ وﻗت واﺣد ﻓﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻻرﺿﻰ أﻗل ﻣن ‪ 0.5‬أوم‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺑل اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻻ ﺑد ﻣن ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻧوﻋﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﺔ )‪ (ƍ “Soil Resistivity in Ω.m‬ﻓﮭﻰ ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻟﻛل ﻣﻛﺎن وﺑﺗﻐﯾﯾر‬
‫اﻟﻌواﻣل )‪ (L, N, A‬ﯾﺗم اﻟﺣﺻول ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻻرﺿﻰ اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ )‪ (0.5 Ω‬ﺣﯾث ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ƍ is Soil Resistivity (Ω.m‬‬
‫)‪L is Length of Electrode (m‬‬
‫‪N is Number of Electrodes‬‬
‫)‪A is Cross Section Area of Electrode and depend on Electrode Diameter (m²‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛن اﻻﺳﺗﻔﺎدة ﻣن اﻻﺟﺳﺎم اﻟﻣﻌدﻧﯾﺔ اﻟﻣدﻓوﻧﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻻرض واﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ ﻷﻏراض أﺧرى )ﻛﺣدﯾد اﻟﺗﺳﻠﯾﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺷﺄة او ﻣواﺳﯾر‬
‫اﻟﻐﺎز او اﻟﻣﯾﺎ ‪.............. ,‬اﻟﺦ( واﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ ﻛﺄﻗطﺎب ﺗﺄرﯾض اذا ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧت ھذه اﻻﺟﺳﺎم ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﯾدا ﺑﺎﻻرض وﺗﺳﻣﻰ ﻗطب‬
‫ﺗﺄرﯾض طﺑﯾﻌﻰ )‪ (Natural Earth Electrode‬واذا ﻛﺎﻧت اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻻرﺿﯾﺔ ﻟﮭﺎ أﻗل ﻣن اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ ﻓﻧﻛﺗﻔﻰ ﺑﮭذه‬
‫اﻻﻗطﺎب اﻟطﺑﯾﻌﯾﺔ أﻣﺎ ﻟو ﻛﺎﻧت اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻻرﺿﯾﺔ أﻛﺑر ﻣن اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ ﻓﯾﺗم اﺿﺎﻓﺔ أﻗطﺎب ﺟدﯾدة ﻧﺣﺎﺳﯾﺔ ﺗوﺻل ﻣﻌﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺗوازى ﻟﺗﺣﻘﯾق اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ وﯾﺳﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻘطب اﻻﺻطﻧﺎﻋﻰ )‪.(Artificial Earth Electrode‬‬
‫ﺑﻌد ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻋدد اﻻﻟﻛﺗرودات وأطواﻟﮭﺎ وأﻗطﺎرھﺎ ﯾﺗم دﻓن ﻛل اﻟﻛﺗرود ﻓﻰ ﺑﯾر ﯾﺳﻣﻰ ﺑﯾر اﻻرﺿﻰ وﯾﺗم اﻟدﻓن اﻟﻰ أﻛﺛر ﻣن ‪ 3‬ﻣﺗر‬
‫ان أﻣﻛن‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪48‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺑﻌض اﻻﺣﯾﺎن ﺗﻛون اﻻرض ﺻﺧرﯾﺔ وﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن دﻓن اﻻﻟﻛﺗرود رأﺳﯾﺎ ﻓﯾﻣﻛن دﻓن اﻻﻟﻛﺗرود ﺑزاوﯾﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘل ﻋن ‪ 45‬درﺟﺔ‬
‫واذا ﻟم ﻧﺗﻣﻛن ﻣن دﻓن اﻻﻟﻛﺗرود ﺑﺷﻛل رأﺳﻰ ﻟوﺟود اﻟﺻﺧر ﺑﺎﻟﻘرب ﻣن ﺳطﺢ اﻻرض ﻓﯾﻣﻛن دﻓﻧﮫ أﻓﻘﯾﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻣق ﺣواﻟﻰ ﻣﺗر‬
‫ﻣن ﺳطﺢ اﻻرض‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻻﺣﺟﺎم اﻟﻘﯾﺎﺳﯾﺔ ﻟﻼﻟﻛﺗرودات ﺗﺗراوح ﻣن ‪ 1‬ﻣﺗر اﻟﻰ ‪ 3.5‬ﻣﺗر طول ﺑﻘطر ‪ 16‬ﻣم وﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ دﻓن اﻻﻟﻛﺗرود ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎت ﻋﻣﯾﻘﺔ‬
‫ﯾﻔﺿل أن ﯾﻛون اﻻﻟﻛﺗرود ﻣﻔﻛك وﻛﻠﻣﺎ دﻓن ﺟزء ﯾﺿﺎق اﻟﺟزء اﻻﺧر ﺑواﺳطﺔ واﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﯾﺔ ﻟﺿﻣﺎن اﺳﺗﻣرار اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪49‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗوﺟد ﺑﻌض أﻧواع ﻣن اﻟﺗرﺑﺔ اﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﺑب ﺗﺂﻛل ﺳرﯾﻊ ﻟﻼﻟﻛﺗرودات ﻟذﻟك ﯾﺟب اﻟﻛﺷف اﻟدورى ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻟﻛﺗرود وﻗﯾﺎس ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺗﮫ ﻛل‬
‫ﻓﺗرة‪.‬‬
‫اذا ﻟم ﺗﺗﺣﻘق ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻻرﺿﻰ ﻓﯾﻣﻛن زﯾﺎدة طول اﻻﻟﻛﺗرود أو زﯾﺎدة ﻗطره أو زﯾﺎدة ﻋدد اﻻﻟﻛﺗرودات ﻋﻠﻰ اﻧﻼ ﺗﻘل اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﯾن اﻟﻛﺗودان ﻋن ‪ 2‬ﻣﺗر وﻛذﻟك ﯾﻣﻛن اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ اﻟﻛﯾﻣﯾﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﺔ اذا ﻟم ﻧﺗﻣﻛن ﻣن ﺧﻔض اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟطرق اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋن طرﯾق‬
‫ﻋﻣل ﺣﻔر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌد ‪ 10‬ﺳم ﻣن اﻻﻟﻛﺗرود وﺑﻌﻣق ‪ 30‬ﺳم وﺗﻣﻠﺊ ﺑﻣﺎدة ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﺔ )ﻛﺑرﯾﺗﺎت اﻟﻣﻐﻧﯾﺳﯾوم وﻛﺑرﯾﺗﺎت اﻟﻧﺣﺎس‬
‫وﻛﻠورﯾد اﻟﺻودﯾوم "ﻣﻠﺢ اﻟطﻌﺎم" ووﺿﻊ ھذا اﻟﻣﻠﺢ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺎء ﻟﯾﻧﺗﺷر ﺧﻼل اﻟﺗرﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻣﺑدأى ﻟﻧظﺎم اﻻرﺿﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﻛﺗرود ﺑطول ‪ 3‬ﻣﺗر وﺑﻘطر ‪ 20‬ﻣم ﯾﺗم وﺿﻌﮫ ودﻓﻧﮫ ﻓﻰ ﺑﯾر اﻻرﺿﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﻋﻣل ﺑﯾر أرﺿﻰ ﻛل ‪ 15‬أو ‪ 20‬ﻣﺗر ودﻓن اﻟﻛﺗرود ﻓﻲ أو ﻋﻣل ﺑﯾر أرﺿﻰ ﻋﻧد أرﻛﺎن اﻟﻣﺑﻧﻰ ﻓﻘط اذا ﻛﺎن ﻣﺑﻧﻰ ﺻﻐﯾر‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﻟﻛﺗرودات ﺑﺑﺎرة ﻧﺣﺎس أو ﻛﺎﺑل ﻧﺣﺎس ﻋﺎرى ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘطﻌﮫ ‪ 120‬ﻣم‪ ²‬ﯾدﻓن ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻣق ‪ 60‬ﺳم ﻣن ﺳطﺢ‬
‫اﻻرض )‪.(120mm² Bare Copper Stranded Conductor Buried at 60cm Below Earth Level‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل ﻣل اﻟﻛﺗرود ﺑﺄﻗرب ﺣدﯾد ﺗﺳﻠﯾﺢ ﻓﻰ أى ﻋﻣود ﻣﺳﻠﺢ ﺑﻛﺎﺑل ﻧﺣﺎس ﻋﺎرى ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘطﻌﮫ ‪ 70‬ﻣم‪²‬‬
‫) ‪(Riser Conductor 70 mm² Bare Copper Inside 25 mm Diameter UPVC Conduit For Lightning‬‬
‫‪ (Protection‬وذﻟك ﻟﺗوﺻﯾل ﻧظﺎم اﻻرﺿﻰ ﺑﻧظﺎم ﻣﺎﻧﻊ اﻟﺻواﻋق‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل أى اﻟﻛﺗرود ﻣن اﻟـ )‪ (Loop‬ﺑﺎﻻﺟزاء اﻟﻣﻌدﻧﯾﺔ اﻟﻐﯾر ﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﯾﺎرات اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ﺑﻛﺎﺑل ﻧﺣﺎس ﻋﺎرى ‪ 50‬ﻣم ‪²‬‬
‫)‪(50 mm² Bare Stranded Copper Conductor To All Non-current Carrying Metal Parts‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﺑﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻻرﺿﻰ ﺑﻛﺎﺑل ﻧﺣﺎس ﻣﻌزول ‪ 120‬ﻣم‪²‬‬
‫)‪(120 mm² Insulated CU/PVC to Main Distribution Board‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
Lay Out of Earthing System for Commercial Building
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
51
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
(Data and Telephone) ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺒﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﺘﻠﯿﻔﻮن‬
¾ Data Network:
x
Main Element of Data Network
1. Data Outlet (Data Socket)
2. Patch Panel
3. Data Switch
4. Data Cables
x
-
Data Outlet (Data Socket): (RJ 45)
Wall Mounted Socket : in any small rooms, and hs = 30cm A.F.F.L
Floor Mounted Socket : in any wide area like malls and airports, and hs = Zero
ITR Æ IT Rack
x
-
Patch Panel:
6 Port, 12 Port, 24 Port, 36 Port, 48Port, and 64 Port.
.(2 P.P 48 Port) ‫ ﺳوﻛت ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام‬85 ‫ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﻟو ﻋﻧدى‬
‫ ﺗرﺗﯾب وﺗﻧظﯾم اﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼت اﻟﻘﺎدﻣﺔ ﻣن ﻣﺧﺗﻠف ﻧﻘﺎط اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ وﯾﺗم وﺿﻌﮫ ﻓﻰ ﻛل دور ﻟﺗﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﻧﻘﺎط‬Patch Panel ‫وظﯾﻔﺔ اﻟـ‬
.‫ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻰ‬Switch ‫اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻓﯾﮭﺎ ﺛم ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟـ‬
‫ ﻟﯾﮭوﻟﺔ اﺟراء ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ وﺳﮭوﻟﺔ اﻟوﺻول ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑل‬Patch Panel ‫ﯾﺗم ﺗرﻗﯾم اﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺧﺎرج وﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟـ‬
.‫اﻟﻣراد ﻓﺣﺻﮫ ﻋن طرﯾق اﻟرﻗم‬
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
52
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
x
-
Data Switch: (O.S) Operating Switch
6 Port, 12 Port, 24 Port, 36 Port, 48Port, and 64 Port.
x
Data Cables:
-
.Category ‫( ھﻰ اﺧﺗﺻﺎر ﻟﻛﻠﻣﺔ‬Cat) ‫( واﻟـ‬Cat3, Cat5, Cat5e, Cat6, Cat6e) ‫أﺷﮭر اﻟﻔﺋﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ‬
.‫ ﻣﺗر‬100 ‫( ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎت أﻗل ﻣن‬1Gbps ‫( ﻓﻰ ﻣﻌظم اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ )ﺳرﻋﺔ ﻧﻘل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت‬Cat6) ‫ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻛﺎﺑل‬
Data Cable Cat6 in 20mm Diameter PVC Conduit Embedded in Wall or Floor.
x
-
IT-R (IT Rack): Æ ‫ﺗﺣﺗوى ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛل ﻣن‬
Patch Panel
Switch
F.O.P.S (Fiber Optic Power Supply)
Feeder from out source
-
.‫( أو اى ﻣﻛﺎن ﻣﻧﺎﺳب‬Server Room) ‫ ﻓﻰ ﻏرﻓﺔ اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت أو ﻏرﻓﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم أو ﻏرﻓﺔ اﻻﻣن أو ﻏرﻓﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﺳب اﻻﻟﻰ‬IT-R ‫ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ اﻟـ‬
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
53
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫طرﯾﻘﺔ ﺗوزﯾﻊ وﺗوﺻﯾل ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت )‪ (Data Socket‬ﻓﻰ اﻻوﺗوﻛﺎد‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻧد اﻟﺗوزﯾﻊ ﻓﻰ اﻻوﺗوﻛﺎد ﯾﺗم اظﮭﺎر ﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟﺑﺎور )اﻟﺑراﯾز( وﻛذﻟك اظﮭﺎر اﻟﻔرش ووﺿﻊ ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟداﺗﺎ ﺑﺟﺎﻧب ھذه‬
‫اﻟﺑراﯾز ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺣﺗﺎج ﻟﺳوﻛﺗﺎت داﺗﺎ وﺑﻌد اﻻﻧﺗﮭﺎء ﻣن ﺗوزﯾﻊ ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟداﺗﺎ ﯾﺗم ازاﻟﺔ أو اﺧﻔﺎء ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟﺑراﯾز‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوزﯾﻊ ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟداﺗﺎ طﺑﻘﺎ ﻹﺣﺗﯾﺎج اﻟﻔرش ﻋﻧد ﻛل ﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر أو ﻋﻧد ﻛل ﻣﻛﺗب أو ﻓﻰ أى ﻣﻛﺎن ﯾﺣﺗﻣل وﺟود ﺟﮭﺎز‬
‫ﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر ﺑﮫ ﻣﺛﻼ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺧﺎزن ﻻ ﺑد ﻣن وﺟود ﻣﻛﺗب وﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر ﺑﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺑﺎب ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﻓﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﺳوﻛت ﺑﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺑﺎب‪.‬‬
‫ﻛل ﺳوﻛت ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮫ ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﺑﻛﺎﺑل ﻣﻧﻔﺻل داﺧل ﻣﺎﺳورة ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻰ أن ﺗﺻل اﻟﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟـ )‪(IT-R‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪¾ Telephone Network:‬‬
‫‪Main Element of Telephone Network‬‬
‫)‪1. EPABX (Electronic Private Automatic Branch eXchanger‬‬
‫‪2. M.D.F (Main Distribution Frame) or M.T.F (Main Telephone Frame‬‬
‫‪3. T.F (Telephone Frame) I.D.F (Intermediate Distribution Frame) or S.D.F (Sum Distribution‬‬
‫)‪Frame) or T.J.B (Telephone Junction Box‬‬
‫)‪4. Telephone Out lets (Telephone Sockets‬‬
‫‪5. Telephone Cables‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫)اﻟﺳﻧﺗرال اﻟداﺧﻠﻰ( ‪EPABX‬‬
‫وﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟرﺑط ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺧطوط اﻟﮭﺎﺗﻔﯾﺔ اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ واﻟﺳﻣﺎح ﺑﻌﻣل اﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎت ﺑﯾﻧﮭم دون وﺟود ﺣط ﺧﺎرﺟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛن ﺑرﻣﺟﺔ اﻟﺳﻧﺗرال وﺗﺣدد ﻟﻛل ھﺎﺗف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ھل ﻟﮫ ﻓﻰ اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻت اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ أم ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪M.D.F or M.T.F:‬‬
‫وﻓﯾﮫ ﯾﺗم ﺗﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﺧطوط ﺑﯾن اﻟﻧﺷﺄة وﺑﯾن اﻟﺳﻧﺗرال اﻟداﺧﻠﻰ )‪ (EPABX‬وﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻔﮫ ﺑﻌدد اﻻزواج )‪(Pairs‬‬
‫‪100 Pairs, 150 Pairs, 200 Pairs, 300 Pairs‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪54‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪T.F or I.D.F or S.D.F:‬‬
‫وﯾوﺿﻊ ﻓﻰ ﻛل دور وﯾﺗم ﺗﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﻣﺧﺎرج وﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟﺗﻠﯾﻔوﻧﺎت ﻓﯾﮫ ﺛم ﯾﺗم رﺑطﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ M.D.F‬ﻋن طرﯾق ﻛﺎﺑل ﺗﻠﯾﻔون‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾف ‪ S.D.F‬ﺑﻌدد اﻻزواج )‪ (Pairs‬اﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋدد ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت أو ﻣﺧﺎرج اﻟﺗﻠﯾﻔوﻧﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪5 Pairs, 10 Pairs, 15 Pairs, 20 Pairs, 30 Pairs, 40 Pairs, 50 Pairs, ……., 100 Pairs‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪Telephone Outlet (RJ 11):‬‬
‫)‪Wall mounted hs = 30cm (A.F.F.L‬‬
‫‪Floor mounted hs = Zero‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪Telephone Cable:‬‬
‫‪2 Pair (2*0.6mm²) in 20mm Diameter PVC Conduit Embedded in Wall or Floor for each socket.‬‬
‫‪3*0.6, 4*0.6, 5*0.6, 6*0.6, 10*0.6, 15*0.6, 20*0.6, 25*0.6, 30*0.6, 40*0.6, 50*0.6, 100*0.6,‬‬
‫‪150*0.6, 200*0.6, 200*0.6 for T.F or M.T.F‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫طرﯾﻘﺔ ﺗوزﯾﻊ وﺗوﺻﯾل ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟﺗﻠﯾﻔوﻧﺎت ﻓﻰ اﻻوﺗوﻛﺎد‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوزﯾﻊ ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟﺗﻠﯾﻔوﻧﺎت طﺑﻘﺎ ﻹﺣﺗﯾﺎج اﻟﻔرش ﻋﻧد ﻛل ﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر أو ﻋﻧد ﻛل ﻣﻛﺗب أو ﻓﻰ أى ﻣﻛﺎن ﯾﺣﺗﻣل وﺟود‬
‫ﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر ﺑﮫ ﻣﺛﻼ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺧﺎزن ﻻ ﺑد ﻣن وﺟود ﻣﻛﺗب وﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر ﺑﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺑﺎب ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﻓﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﺳوﻛت ﺑﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺑﺎب‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ھو اﻟﺣﺎل ﻓﻰ ﺳوﻛﺗﺎت اﻟداﺗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر ﻣﺛﻼ ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﺳوﻛت ﺗﻠﯾﻔون واﺣد ﺑﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺑﺎب ﻓﻘط‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ أو اﻟﻐرف اﻟﺻﻐﯾرة ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﺳوﻛت ﻋﻧد اﻟﻣدﺧل ﺳواء ﻟﮫ ﻣدﺧل أو ﻣدﺧﻠﯾن‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻣرات ﯾﻣﻛن وﺿﻊ ﺳوﻛت ﺗﻠﯾﻔون ﻓﻰ ﺑداﯾﺔ وﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﻣر‪.‬‬
‫ﻛل ﺳوﻛت ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮫ ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﺑﻛﺎﺑل ﻣﻧﻔﺻل داﺧل ﻣﺎﺳورة ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻰ أن ﺗﺻل اﻟﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟـ )‪ (T.F‬وﯾﺗم ﺗرﻗﯾم ﻛل ﺳوﻛت أو‬
‫ﻣﺧرج )‪.(1-TF , 2 TF, 3 TF , …..‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﺷرﻛﺎت ﻣﺛﻼ أو اﻟﻣوﻻت أو اﻟﺟﺎﻣﻌﺎت أو اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻔﯾﺎت ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﺧدام ‪ RJ45‬ﻟﻛل ﻣن اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﺗﻠﯾﻔون )‪(Data & Tel‬‬
‫وﺗﺟﻣﯾﻌﮭﺎ ﺟﻣﯾﻌﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟـ )‪.(IT-R‬‬
‫ﻣن اﻟﻣﻣﻛن أن ﻋﻧد اﻟﺗﻧﻔﯾذ أن ﺗﻛون ﻋﻠﺑﺔ واﺣدة )‪ (Box‬ﻟﻛل ﻣن اﻟداﺗﺎ واﻟﺗﻠﯾﻔون ودواﺋر اﻻﺿﺎءة أو اﻟﺑﺎور وﻟﻛن ﻟﻛل ﻧظﺎم‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳورة ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﮫ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﻋن اﻻﺧر‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ إﻧﺬار اﻟﺤﺮﯾﻖ ) ‪(Fire Alarm‬‬
‫¾ ﯾﺗﻛون أى ﻧظﺎم اﻧذار ﺣرﯾق ﻣن‪:‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪.4‬‬
‫اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت أو ﻛﺎﺷف اﻟﺣرﯾق )‪(Detectors‬‬
‫ﻧﻘطﺔ اﺳﺗدﻋﺎء ﯾدوى )‪(Manual Call Point‬‬
‫اﻧذار ﺻوﺗﻰ أو ﻣرﺋﻰ )‪(Alarm‬‬
‫ﻟوﺣﺔ ﺗﺣﻛم )‪(F.A.C.P‬‬
‫‪¾ Types of Detectors‬‬
‫‪1. Smoke Detector: Ceiling Mounted, General Use‬‬
‫‪2. Heat Detector: Ceiling Mounted, Use for Garage, Kitchen and Generator Room‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ھذﯾن اﻟﻧوﻋﯾن ﯾﻐطﯾﺎن ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ‪ 76‬م‪ ²‬أو ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻧﺻف ﻗطرھﺎ )‪ (R = 4m‬ﻟﺿﻣﺎن ﻋدم وﺟود ﻣﻧﺎطق ﻏﯾر ﻣﻐطﺎة‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺑداﯾﺔ ﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻوﺗوﻛﺎد ﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎب ﻋدد ‪No of Detector = Area of Room / Detector Area (76m) :‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﻰ وﺟود رﻗم ﻋﺷرى ﯾﺗم أﺧذ اﻟرﻗم اﻻﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم رﺳم داﺋرة ﻧﺻف ﻗطرھﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻣﺗر وﺗوزﯾﻌﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ ﺑﻧﺳﺧﮭﺎ )‪ (Copy‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻐطﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﻣﻠﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺎت اﻟﻐﯾر ﻣﻧﺗظﻣﺔ ﯾﻣﻛن زﯾﺎدة ﻋدد اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت ‪ 1‬او ‪ 2‬ﻟﻛﻰ ﺗﻐطﻰ ﻛل اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﯾن اﻟﺣﺳﺎس واﻟﻛﺷﺎف ﯾﺟب أن ﺗﻛون ﻣن ‪ 0.5‬ﻣﺗر اﻟﻰ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺗر‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟود ﺳﻘوط أو ﻛﻣر ﻓﻰ اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ ﻓﯾﻌﺗﺑر أن اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ ﻋﺑﺎرة ﻋن ﻏرﻓﺗﯾن ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺗﯾن‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧد ﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت ﯾﺟب ﻣراﻋﺎة اﻟﺷﻛل اﻟﺟﻣﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺎن‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻣرات ﯾﺗم ﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗﻛون اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﯾن ﻛل ﺣﺳﺎس واﻻﺧر ﻣن ‪ 6‬ﻣﺗر اﻟﻰ ‪ 8‬ﻣﺗر‬
‫¾ ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ‪ Multisensor‬ﻟﻠﺣرارة واﻟدﺧﺎن‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪56‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪3. Beam Detector & Beam Reflector: Wall Mounted, for height > 5m use for Malls, Stores, Open‬‬
‫‪Places Which haven’t Ceiling.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗﻛون اﻟـ ‪ Beam Detector‬ﻣن ارﺳﺎل واﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل )‪ (Transmitter and Receiver‬واﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﯾﻧﮭم ‪ 100‬م‬
‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺗﻰ ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺗﮭﺎ أﻛﺑر ﻣن ‪ 5‬ﻣﺗر ﻛﺎﻟﻣﺧﺎزن واﻟﻣوﻻت واﻟﺟﻣﺎﻟوﻧﺎت اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻌﺔ واﻻﻣﺎﻛن‬
‫اﻟﺗﻰ ﻟﯾس ﻟﮭﺎ أﺳﻘف‪ .‬واﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻌرﺿﯾﺔ ﺑﯾن ﻛل ﺣﺳﺎس )‪ (Beam‬واﻻﺧر ‪ 8‬ﻣﺗر‪.‬‬
‫‪¾ Manual Call Point “MCP”:‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗوﺿﻊ ﻋﻧد ﺳﻼﻟم اﻟﮭروب واﻟﻣداﺧل واﻟﻣﺧﺎرج أو ﻓﻰ ﺑداﯾﺔ وﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﻣرات واﻟطرﻗﺎت اﻟﻛﺑﯾرة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗوﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ارﺗﻔﺎع )‪ (160 : 120‬ﺳم‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺣﻣﺎﻣﺎت ﻻ ﺗوﺿﻊ ﻓﯾﮭﺎ أى ﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺑﯾﻧﯾﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟطرﻗﺎت اﻟﻛﺑﯾرة ﺑﯾن ﻛل وﺣدة واﻻﺧرى ‪ 60‬ﻣﺗر‪.‬‬
‫‪¾ Alarm :‬‬
‫‪Bell‬‬
‫)‪Strobe Light (Flash‬‬
‫‪Speaker‬‬
‫‪Horn‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪57‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪1. Bell:‬‬
‫ﯾﺻدر اﻧﺗذار ﺻوﺗﻰ ﻋﻧد اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﺣدوث ﺣرﯾق ﻣن ﻧظﺎم اﻧذار اﻟﺣرﯾق‬
‫‪2. Strobe Light (Flash):‬‬
‫ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﻠﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ ﺑوﺟود ﺣرﯾق ﺑﺎﺳﺎﺗﺧدام اﺷﺎرات ﺿوﺋﯾﺔ‬
‫‪3. Speaker:‬‬
‫وﺗﺻدر رﯾﺎﻟﺔ اﺧﻼء ﻣن اﻟﻣﺑﻧﻰ ﻋﻧد اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﺣدوث ﺣرﯾق ﻣن ﻧظﺎم اﻧذار اﻟﺣرﯾق‬
‫‪4. Horn in Outdoor:‬‬
‫وھﻰ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﻠﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ ﻋﻧد اﻛﺗﺷﺎف اﻟﺣرﯾق ﻣن ﻧظﺎم اﻧذار اﻟﺣرﯾق وﻟﻛن ﯾﺗم ﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺧﺎرج‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪58‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪¾ Modules Unit:‬‬
‫‪1. Control Module‬‬
‫ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻰ اﯾﻘﺎف ﺑﻌض اﻻﻧظﻣﺔ أو اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺎت أﺛﻧﺎء ﺣدوث ﺣرﯾق ﻣﺛل اﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﻣﺻﺎﻋد ﻣﺛﻼ وﻛذﻟك ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣراوح ﺳﺣب اﻟﮭواء‬
‫‪2. Monitor Module‬‬
‫ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﻣراﻗﺑﺔ ﺑﻌض اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺎت ﻣﺛل ﻣراﻗﺑﺔ ﻣﺣﺑس ﺳرﯾﺎن اﻟﻣﯾﺎه ﻓﻰ ﻣواﺳﯾر ﻧظﺎم اطﻔﺎء اﻟﺣرﯾق‬
‫‪3. Door Holder‬‬
‫ﯾوﺿﻊ ﺧﻠف أﺑواب اﻟﮭروب ﺑﺣﯾث ﯾﻌﻣل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺛﺑﯾت اﻟﺑﺎب ﺑﻌد ﻓﺗﺣﮫ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻧﺿﻣن ﻋدم ﻏﻠق اﻟﺑﺎب ﻣرة أﺧرى ﻓﻰ وﺟوه اﻟﮭﺎرﺑﯾن ﻣن‬
‫اﻟﺣرﯾق ﺣﯾث أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺗﻛون ﻣن ﻗطﻌﺗﯾن ﻗطﻌﺔ ﺗوﺻل ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺎب واﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﺗوﺻل ﺧﻠف اﻟﺑﺎب وﻣرﺗﺑطﺔ ﺑﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻧذار اﻟﺣرﯾق وﻋﻧد ﺣدوث ﺣرﯾق‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﺟﮭد ﯾﺟﻌﻠﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﻣل ﻛﻣﻐﻧﺎطﯾس ﯾﻣﺳك ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺎب ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﺻل اﻟﯾﮭﺎ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪59‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪¾ F.A.C.P “Fire Alarm Control Panel”:‬‬
‫‪Conventional FACP‬‬
‫)‪Addressable FACP (IP System‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪1. Conventional F.A.C.P:‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم اذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﻋدد اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت أو ﻋدد اﻟﻐرف ﻗﻠﯾﻠﺔ وﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻔض اﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ وﻛذﻟك ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﻐﯾر ھﺎﻣﺔ ﻧﺳﺑﯾﺎ‬
‫ﺣﯾث أﻧﮫ ﻟو ﻓﺻل أى ﺣﺳﺎس ﻓﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﻠﯾﮫ ﺳوف ﺗﺧرج ﻣن اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ وﻻ ﺗﻌﻣل )‪(Open Circuit‬‬
‫ﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﺣرﯾق ﺑﺎﻟظﺑط داﺧل اﻟـ ‪ Zone‬وﻟﻛﻧﮫ ﻓﻘط ﯾﻣﻛﻧﮫ ﺗﺣدﯾد رﻗم اﻟـ ‪Zone‬‬
‫ﯾﻔﺿل أن ﺗوﺻل ‪ 10‬ﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت ﻓﻰ اﻟـ ‪ Zone‬اﻟواﺣدة‬
‫ﻛل ‪ Zone‬ﺗﻧﺗﮭﻰ ﺑـ ‪ (End of Line Resistor) EOLR‬ﻟﻛﻰ ﺗﻼﺷﻰ اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻰ )‪"Damping the voltage" (24VDC‬‬
‫ﻟو ﻋﻣل أى ﺣﺳﺎس وأﻋطﻰ اﺷﺎرة ﻟوﺟود ﺣرﯾق ﺳوف ﺗﻌﻣل ﻛل اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت ﻓﻰ اﻟـ ‪ Zone‬وﻟذﻟك ﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﺣرﯾق‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪2. Addressable F.A.C.P:‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﻛﺑﯾرة وﻛﺛﯾرة اﻟﺗﻘﺳﯾﻣﺎت ﻣﺛل اﻟﻔﻧﺎدق واﻟﻣﺑﺎﻧﻰ اﻻدارﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل ﻛل اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ داﺋرة واﺣدة ‪Loop‬‬
‫ﻟﻛل ﺣﺳﺎس ﻋﻧوان )‪ (IP‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ )‪ (F.A.C.P‬وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻧد ﺣدوث ﺣرﯾق ﯾﺗم اﻻﻧذار وﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﺣرﯾق داﺧل اﻟﻣﺑﻧﻰ‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﺧدام ‪ Loop‬أو أﻛﺛر ﺣﺳب ﻋدد اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﻟوﺣﺔ ‪ F.A.C.P‬ﻓﻰ ﻏرﻓﺔ اﻻﻣن ان وﺟدت أو ﻓﻰ أى ﻣﻛﺎن ﻣرﺋﻰ واﺿﺢ ﻟﺳﮭوﻟﺔ اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﺣرﯾق‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ‪ Isolation Module‬ﻟﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت ﻣن ‪ Short Circuits‬ﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣﺳﺎس اﻟﻣﻌطل ﻋن ﺑﺎﻗﻰ اﻟداﺋرة وﯾوﺿﻊ ﻛل‬
‫‪ 20‬ﺣﺳﺎس‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ‪ Control Module‬ﻟﻌﻣل ‪ Zones‬ﻟدواﺋر اﻻﻧذار ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﻋﻧد ﺣدوث ﺣرﯾق ﻓﻰ اﻟدور اﻟراﺑﻊ ﻣﺛﻼ ﯾﺿرب اﻻﻧذار ﻓﻰ‬
‫اﻟدور اﻟراﺑﻊ ﻓﻘط دون اﻻدوار اﻻﺧرى‪.‬‬
‫ﺗوﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟطوارئ ‪ Exit Sign‬ﻛل ‪ 30‬ﻣﺗر ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﻌرف ﻋﻠﻰ طرﯾق اﻟﺧروج ﻣن اﻟﻣﺑﻧﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﻋﻣل ﺗداﺧل )‪ (Interface‬ﺑﯾن ﻧظﺎم اﻧذار اﻟﺣرﯾق وﻧظﺎم اطﻔﺎء اﻟﺣرﯾق ‪.‬‬
‫‪x Fire Alarm Repeater:‬‬
‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻣﻌﻧون ﻋﻧد وﺟود ﻣﻛﺎن ﺑﻌﯾد ﻋن ﻟوﺣﺔ ‪ F.A.C.P‬وﻧرﯾد اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظوﻣﺔ ﻣن ھذا اﻟﻣﻛﺎن أو ﻣراﻗﺑﺗﮫ‬
‫ﻓﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ‪ Repeater Panel‬ﻓﻰ ھذا اﻟﻣﻛﺎن ورﺑطﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠوﺣﺔ وﻛذﻟك ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ زﯾﺎدة ﻋدد اﻟـ ‪ Loops‬وﺗﻛون‬
‫اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ ﻗد وﺻﻠت ﻟﻠﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻣن ﻋدد اﻟـ ‪ Loops‬ﺣﺳب اﻟﺷرﻛﺔ اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪Fire Alarm Cable:‬‬
‫‪Fire Alarm Cable (2*1.5mm²) Inside 20 mm PVC Conduit Embedded in Ceiling or Wall.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪61‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺼﻮت )‪(Sound System‬‬
‫‪¾ Main Component of Sound System:‬‬
‫‪Loudspeaker‬‬
‫‪Volume Control‬‬
‫‪Power Amplifier‬‬
‫‪Audio Matrix‬‬
‫‪Sound Source‬‬
‫)‪SSR (Sound System Rack‬‬
‫‪Wiring System‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪1. Loudspeakers:‬‬
‫وھﻰ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﺧدام ﻓﻰ اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ارﺗﻔﺎع أﻗل ﻣن ‪ 5‬ﻣﺗر )ﻟﻠﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ‪a) Ceiling Mounted (1.5 / 3 / 6 Watt‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻛﺑﯾرة واﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻌﺔ وﺗوﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺗر )ﻟﻠﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ‪b) Wall Mounted (1.5 / 3 / 6 Watt‬‬
‫ ﻛل ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻐطﻰ ﺣواﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ )‪ 67‬م‪ (²‬او ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻧﺻف ﻗطرھﺎ ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ )‪ 5‬ﻣﺗر(‬‫‪No. of Speakers (1.5 : 6 Watt) = Area of Rooms / Speaker Coverage Area = No. of F.A Sensors‬‬
‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻣرات ﯾﺗم ﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗﻛون اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﯾن ﻛل ﺣﺳﺎس واﻻﺧر ﻣن ‪ 6‬ﻣﺗر اﻟﻰ ‪ 8‬ﻣﺗر ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت ‪F.A‬‬‫ ﯾﺗم ﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎت ﺑﻧﻔس طرﯾﻘﺔ ﺗوزﯾﻊ ﺣﺳﺎﺳﺎت ‪ F.A Detectors‬وﯾﻔﺿل أن ﯾﻛون ھذﯾن اﻟﻧظﺎﻣﯾن ﻓو ﻟوﺣﺔ أوﺗوﻛﺎد واﺣدة‪.‬‬‫ﯾﺗم وﺿﻌﮫ ﻓﻰ ﻛل ﻏرﻓﺔ أو ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺑﺎب ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻰ ﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﺻوت ﻓﯾﮭﺎ ﻓﯾﻣﺎ ‪2. Attenuator or Volume Control:‬‬
‫ﻋدا اﻟﻣﻣرات أو اﻻﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪3. Power Amplifiers:‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﯾﻌﻣل اﻟـ ‪ Amplifier‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر ﺑﻧﻔس ﻗدرة اﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎت واﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻣﺗوﻓرة )‪(50, 100, 150, 200, 250 , ……., 500 Watt‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣد ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟـ ‪ Amplifier‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋدد اﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎت اﻟواﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻛل ‪.Zone‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎت ﺑﻧظﺎم اﻟـ ‪.Zones‬‬
‫‪- Amplifier Capacity = 6 (Watt) * No. of Speakers Æ and select the next standard‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪62‬‬
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
4. Audio Matrix:
‫ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺧرج وھﻰ ﻋدد اﻟﺧطوط أو‬CD/DVD ‫وﯾﻌﻣل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟرﺑط ﺑﯾن ﻣﺻدر اﻟﺻوت )اﻟدﺧل( ﻣﺛل اﻟﻣﯾﻛروﻓون اﻟرادﯾو أو ﺟﮭﺎز‬
.‫ اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﺔ ﻣن اﻟراك‬Zones ‫اﻟـ‬
‫وﺗﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋدد اﻟدﺧل وﻋدد اﻟﺧرج‬
-
Inputs may be 1 , 2 , 4 , 8
Outputs may be 2 , 4 , 8 , 16 , 24 , 36 , 48 , 64
5.
-
Sound Source:
Microphones
Radio Tuner FM/AM
Cassette Player
CD / DVD Player
Signal From Fire Alarm System
6. SSR (Sound System Rack):
.‫وھو اﻟﮭﯾﻛل اﻟﻣﻌدﻧﻰ اﻟذى ﯾوﺿﻊ ﻓﯾﮫ ﻛل ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻟﻧظﺎم وﯾﺟد ﻓﻰ ﻏرﻓﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم وﻻ ﺑد ﻣن ﺗﺄرﯾﺿﮫ ﻣﻊ ﻧظﺎم اﻻرﺿﻰ‬
-
7. Sound System Cable:
- 2 * 2 mm² Copper Stranded Twisted Pair in 20 mm Diameter UPVC Conduit Embedded in Ceiling.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
63
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﯿﺮات اﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒﺔ )‪(CCTV‬‬
‫‪¾ CCTV Meaning Æ Closed Circuit Television System‬‬
‫‪¾ Main Component of CCTV System:‬‬
‫‪Camera‬‬
‫‪Video Matrix‬‬
‫)‪DVR (Digital Video Recorder‬‬
‫‪Monitor‬‬
‫‪Control Keypad‬‬
‫‪Wiring System‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪¾ Types of Cameras:‬‬
‫‪1. Fixed Camera:‬‬
‫‪a) Dome Camera‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﺧدام وھﻰ أﻓض اﻻﻧواع اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻌظم اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﯾﺳت ﺳﮭﻠﺔ اﻟﺗﺧرﯾب أو اﻟﺗﻼﻋب واﺗﺟﺎه اﻟﻌدﺳﺔ ﻣﺧﻔﻰ وﻟذﻟك ﻓﮭﻰ ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ أﻛﺛر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗرﻛب داﺧل اﻟﻣﺑﻧﻰ )‪ (Indoor‬ﻓﻰ اﻻﺳﻘف وھﻰ ﺳﮭﻠﺔ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻓﻰ اﻻﺳﻘف اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﺗﺣﺗوى ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﯾدات أﺷﻌوة ﻓوق ﺣﻣراء ﻟﻠرؤﯾﺔ اﻟﻠﯾﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪b) Box Camera‬‬
‫ﺗرﻛب داﺧل اﻟﻣﺑﻧﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺧﺎﺋط أو ﻓﻰ اﻻﺳﻘف وﯾﻔﺿل اﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻣرات أو ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺎت اﻟﻛﺑﯾرة‬
‫ﻋﻧد ﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ أﻣﺎﻛن ﯾﻣﻛن اﻟوﺻول اﻟﯾﮭﺎ )ﻓﻰ ﻣﺗﻧﺎول اﻟﯾد( ﯾﻔﺿل وﺿﻌﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻏﻼف ﻟﺣﻣﺎﯾﺗﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪2. Moving Camera:‬‬
‫وھﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﯾرات ﻣﺗﺣرﻛﺔ وﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻘرﯾب )‪a) PTZ Camera (Pan Tilt Zoom Camera‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻋﻧد اﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻰ اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟﻛﺎﻣﯾرا وﺗﻘرﯾب اﻟﺻورة ﻣن ﻏرﻓﺔ اﻟﻣراﻗﺑﺔ وﻟﻛﻧﮭﺎ أﻏﻠﻰ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺳﻌر‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ ‪.Indoor / Outdoor‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪64‬‬
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
b) Motorized Camera
.‫( وﻟﻛﻧﮭﺎ ﻣوﺿوﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣل ﻣﺗﺣرك‬Fixed) ‫وھﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﯾرات ﻣن اﻟﻧوع اﻟﺛﺎﺑت‬
.Indoor / Outdoor ‫ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ‬
-
3. Digital Recording Camera:
.‫وھﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﯾرا ﯾوﺟد ﺑﮭﺎ ﻗرص ﺻﻠب ﻟﮫ اﻟﻘدرة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧزﯾن ﻟﻣدة ﻋدد ﻣن اﻟﺳﺎﻋﺎت‬
-
‫وھﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﯾرا ﺗﻌﻣل ﻓﻰ ﺳﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻧﮭﺎر ﻛﻣﺎ أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﻣل أﺛﻧﺎء اﻟﻠﯾل ﺣﺗﻰ ﻓﻰ اﻟظﻼم اﻟداﻣس‬
-
4. Day and Night Camera:
¾ Video Matrix (Multiplexer):
-
-
Mix between cameras as inputs (4, 8, 9, 16, 24,
48, 64) and screen display as outputs (4, 8, 9, 16,
24, 48).
64 Cameras (I/P) and 16 Screen Display (O/P).
48 Cameras (I/P) and 24 Screen Display (O/P).
64 Cameras (I/P) and 24 Screen Display (O/P).
16 Cameras (I/P) and 8 Screen Display (O/P), .etc.
¾ DVR (Digital Video Recorder):
.‫ﯾﻘوم ﺑﺗﺳﺟﯾل اﻟﺻورة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗرص ﺻﻠب وﯾﻣﻛن رﺑطﮫ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻻﻧﺗرﻧت ﺑﺣﯾث ﯾﻣﻛن اﻟﻌرض واﻟﺗﺧزﯾن ﻣن أى ﻣﻛﺎن‬
-
¾ Monitor:
.‫ أو أى ﻧوع اﺧر‬LCD Monitor ‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﻌرض اﻟﺻورة وھﻰ اﻣﺎ‬
-
.‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﻛﺎﻣﯾرات وﻋرﺿﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ وھﻰ اﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺣدد أى اﻟﻛﺎﻣﯾرات ﺗﻌﻣل وأﯾﮭﻣﺎ ﻻ ﯾﻌﻣل‬
-
¾ Control Keypad:
¾ Wiring System:
-
Cat 6 in 20 mm Diameter PVC Conduit Embedded in Ceiling or Wall.
Or Coaxial Cable RG6 in 20 mm Diameter PVC Conduit Embedded in Ceiling or Wall.
‫¾ ﺑﻌض اﻟﻣﻼﺣظﺎت‬
.‫ ﻣﺗر‬7 ‫ﯾﺗم اﻋﺗﺑﺎر أن اﻟﻛﺎﻣﯾرا اﻟواﺣدة ﺗﻐطﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻧﺻف ﻗطرھﺎ ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ‬
.UPS ‫ﻻ ﺑد ﻣن ﺗوﺻﯾل ﻛﺎﻣﯾرات اﻟﻣراﻗﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ‬
.‫ ﻣﺗر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﺋط أو ﻓﻰ اﻟﺳﻘف‬7 ‫( ﻛل‬Fixed) ‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻣرات ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﯾرا ﻣن اﻟﻧوع اﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
.(FA, ITR, CCTV, SS) 1000VA ‫ وﺗﻛون ﻗدرﺗﮭﺎ‬Draw Out Box ‫ﯾﺗم اﻋﺗﺑﺎر أن ﻛل ﻧظﺎم ﻣن اﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﺧﻔﯾف ﻋﺑﺎرة ﻋن‬
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
65
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﻌﺸﺮون إﻧﺎرة اﻟﺸﻮارع وﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻜﻤﯿﺎت‬
‫إﻧﺎرة اﻟﺷوارع )‪(Street Lighting‬‬
‫¾ ﻟﻌﻣل ﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻹﻧﺎرة اﻟﺷوارع ﻻ ﺑد ﻣن ﺗﺣدﯾد ﺑﻌض اﻟﻌواﻣل أو اﻟﻧﻘﺎط‪:‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻌﻣود‬
‫طول ذراع اﻟﻌﻣود‬
‫زاوﯾﺔ ﻣﯾل اﻟذراع‬
‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺻﺎﺑﯾﺢ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ‬
‫طرﯾﻘﺔ ﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻓﻰ اﻟطرﯾق‬
‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﯾن اﻻﻋﻣدة‬
‫¾ ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻻﻋﻣدة‪:‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻌﻣود ﯾﺳﺎوى ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ )‪ (1:0.7‬ﻣن ﻋرض اﻟﺷﺎرع )‪ (h = 0.7 : 1 h‬ﺣﯾث أن ‪ h‬ه ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻌﻣود و ‪ W‬ھو ﻋرض‬
‫اﻟﺷﺎرع‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻻﺣﯾﺎء اﻟﺳﻛﻧﯾﺔ ﻻ ﯾﻔﺿل اﺳﺗﺧدام اﺳﺗﺧدام أﻋﻣدة ﺑﺎرﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﺟدا وذﻟك ﻟﻠﻣﻧظر اﻟﺟﻣﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﯾث أﻗﺻﻰ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﺳﻣوح‬
‫ﺑﮫ ‪12‬م‬
‫¾ طول ذراع اﻟﻌﻣود‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬طول اﻟذراع ﺣواﻟﻰ ‪ 60‬ﺳم‪.‬‬
‫¾ زاوﯾﺔ ﻣﯾل اﻟذراع‪:‬‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ 20‬درﺟﺔ اذا ﻛﺎﻧت اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻰ اﻟﺷﺎرع‪.‬‬
‫‪ 45‬درﺟﺔ اذا ﻛﺎﻧب اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻓﻰ ﺟﺎﻧب واﺣد ﻓﻘط ﻣن اﻟﺷﺎرع‪.‬‬
‫¾ اﻟﻣﺻﺎﺑﯾﺢ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻹﻧﺎرة اﻟﺷوارع ‪:‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺻﺎﺑﯾﺢ ﺑﺧﺎر اﻟﺻودﯾوم ﺿﻐط ﻋﺎﻟﻰ )‪ (HPS‬ﻟوﻧﮫ أﺻﻔر ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﺷوارع اﻟﺗﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺣﺗﺎج إﻟﻰ أﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻟوﻧﯾﺔ وﻟﻛﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺣﺗﺎج اﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺷدة اﻧﺎرة ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ وھﻰ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﺧدام ﻓﻰ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ أﻧﺣﺎء اﻟوطن اﻟﻌرﺑﻰ‪(150W , 250W , 400W , 600W , 1000W) .‬‬
‫ﻣﺻﺎﺑﯾﺢ ﺑﺧﺎر اﻟﺻودﯾوم ﺿﻐط ﻣﻧﺧﻔض )‪ (LPS‬وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﺷوارع اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﺎطق اﻟﺗﻰ ﯾﻛﺛر ﻓﯾﮭﺎ اﻟﺿﺑﺎب ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺻﺎﺑﯾﺢ اﻟﻣﯾﺗﺎل ھﺎﻟﯾد )‪ (Metal Halide‬ﻟوﻧﮭﺎ أﺑﯾض وﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻟﺣداﺋق أو اﻟﻣﻧﺗزھﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ 150W‬ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﻼرﺗﻔﺎع ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺗر ‪ 250W ,‬ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﻸﻋﻣدة ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ 12‬ﻣﺗر ‪ 400W ,‬ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻻرﺗﻔﺎع اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻣن ‪ 14‬م‬
‫ﻓﯾﻣﺎ ﻓوق‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫‪Eng. Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫‪Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura‬‬
‫¾ طرق ﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻓﻰ اﻟطرﯾق‪:‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫اذا ﻛﺎن ﻋرض اﻟﺷﺎرع ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ 16‬م ﺗﻛون اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻣن طرف واﺣد‪.‬‬
‫اذا ﻛﺎن ﻋرض اﻟﺷﺎرع أﻛﺑر ﻣن ‪ 16‬م ﺗﻛون اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻣن طرﻓﯾن‪.‬‬
‫اذا وﺟدت ﺟزﯾرة وﺳطﯾﺔ ﺗﻛون اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻓﻰ اﻟﺟزﯾرة ﺑذراﻋﯾن ﻣﻊ ﻣراﻋﺎة اذا اﻟﺷﺎرع أﻗل ﻣن ‪ 16‬م ﺗﻛون اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻓﻰ اﻟﺟزﯾرة‬
‫اﻟوﺳطﯾﺔ ﻓﻘط أﻣﺎ اذا ﻛﺎﻧت اﻟﺷﺎرع أﻛﺑر ﻣن ‪ 16‬ﻣﺗر ﺗﻛون اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻓﻰ طرﻓﯾن‪.‬‬
‫‪¾ Single Side:‬‬
‫ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧب واﺣد ﻣن اﻟطرﯾق وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ھذه اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﻛون ﻋرض اﻟﺷﺎرع اﻗل ﻣن او ﯾﺳﺎوى ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﻣود ‪w ≤ h‬‬
‫‪¾ Opposite Side:‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻣوﺿوﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻰ اﻟطرﯾق ﺑﺷﻛل ﻣﺗﻘﺎﺑل وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ھذه اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﻛون ﻋرض اﻟﺷﺎرع اﻛﺑر ﻣرة وﻧﺻف ﻣن‬
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻌﺎﻣود ‪w > 1.5h‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫‪Electrical Power Distribution Course‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
¾ Staggered Side (Double Row With Offset):
‫اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻣوﺿوﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻰ اﻟطرﯾق ﺑﺷﻛل زج زاج وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ھذه اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﻛون ﻋرض اﻟﺷﺎرع ﺑﯾن ﻣرة وﻣرة‬
1.5 h > w > h ‫وﻧﺻف ﻣن ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻌﺎﻣود‬
-
¾ Staggered Side (Double Row With Offset):
.‫ ﻓﺎﻧوس‬2 ‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ھذه اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ ﻓﻰ وﺟود ﺟزﯾرة وﺳطﯾﺔ واﻻﻋﻣدة ﺗوﺿﻊ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺟزﯾرة اﻟوﺳطﯾﺔ واﻷﻋﻣدة ﺗﺣﺗوى ﻋﻠﻰ‬
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
68
-
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
:‫¾ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﯾن اﻻﻋﻣدة‬
‫ وذﻟك ﻓﻰ اﻟطرق اﻟﺳرﯾﻊ أو اﻟﻛﺑﺎرى وﻟﻛن ﻓﻰ اﻟطرق اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ‬Pole Distance = (1:2) h ‫ﯾﻣﻛن اﻋﺗﺑﺎر اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎت ﺑﯾن اﻻﻋﻣدة‬
: ‫ وﻟﻛن ﻻ ﺑد أﯾﺿﺎ ﻣن ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎت ﺑﯾن اﻻﻋﻣدة ﻋن طرﯾق اﻟﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ‬Pole Distance = (3:4) h ‫اﻟﺳﻛﻧﯾﺔ أو اﻟﺗﺟﺎرﯾﺔ‬
D
: Distance between columns in (m)
U.F
: Utilization Factor (Get from U.F Curve)
M.F
: Maintenance Factor (Outdoor = 0.4 : 0.6)
-
Lumen : Flux Per Lamp (From Lamp’s Catalogue)
E
: Required Lux (According to Roads)
W
: Street Width in (m)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
69
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
¾ EX: For high way street with 1Km length and 14m width
-
-
From Lux table and high way road we found the required Lux (E) = 30 Lux.
We select 400W high pressure sodium lamp Æ Total Lamp Flux = 56500 lm
From Philips catalogue (150W Æ Total Lamp Flux = 17500 lm)
From Philips catalogue (250W Æ Total Lamp Flux = 33200 lm)
From Philips catalogue (400W Æ Total Lamp Flux = 56500 lm)
Mounting height (h) = W = 14m
W/h=1
From U.F curve Æ U.F = 0.34
Î D = (U.F * M.F * Lumen) / (E * W) = (0.34 * 0.6 * 56500) / (30 * 14) = 27.44 = 28m
Î No. of Poles = 1000 / 28 = 35.7 = 38 Poles
Î Actual Distance Between 2 Poles = 1000 / 38 = 26.3 m
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
70
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
B.O.Q ‫ﺣﺻر اﻟﻛﻣﯾﺎت‬
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
71
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
72
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
73
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
74
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
75
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
76
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
77
Eng. Mohamed Alshoura
Contacts Æ Email: mohamed.alshoura2000@gmail.com , Facebook: Mohamed Alshoura
‫ﺗم ﺑﺣﻣد ﷲ‬
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Power Distribution Course
78
Download